1 |
1181 |
sfurman |
/* Read hp debug symbols and convert to internal format, for GDB.
|
2 |
|
|
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
|
3 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
6 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
8 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
9 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
10 |
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
13 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
14 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
15 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
16 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
18 |
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
19 |
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
|
20 |
|
|
Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
|
21 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
Written by the Center for Software Science at the University of Utah
|
23 |
|
|
and by Cygnus Support. */
|
24 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
#include "defs.h"
|
26 |
|
|
#include "bfd.h"
|
27 |
|
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
28 |
|
|
#include "hp-symtab.h"
|
29 |
|
|
#include "syms.h"
|
30 |
|
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
31 |
|
|
#include "symfile.h"
|
32 |
|
|
#include "objfiles.h"
|
33 |
|
|
#include "buildsym.h"
|
34 |
|
|
#include "complaints.h"
|
35 |
|
|
#include "gdb-stabs.h"
|
36 |
|
|
#include "gdbtypes.h"
|
37 |
|
|
#include "demangle.h"
|
38 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
/* Private information attached to an objfile which we use to find
|
40 |
|
|
and internalize the HP C debug symbols within that objfile. */
|
41 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
struct hpread_symfile_info
|
43 |
|
|
{
|
44 |
|
|
/* The contents of each of the debug sections (there are 4 of them). */
|
45 |
|
|
char *gntt;
|
46 |
|
|
char *lntt;
|
47 |
|
|
char *slt;
|
48 |
|
|
char *vt;
|
49 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
/* We keep the size of the $VT$ section for range checking. */
|
51 |
|
|
unsigned int vt_size;
|
52 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
/* Some routines still need to know the number of symbols in the
|
54 |
|
|
main debug sections ($LNTT$ and $GNTT$). */
|
55 |
|
|
unsigned int lntt_symcount;
|
56 |
|
|
unsigned int gntt_symcount;
|
57 |
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
/* To keep track of all the types we've processed. */
|
59 |
|
|
struct type **dntt_type_vector;
|
60 |
|
|
int dntt_type_vector_length;
|
61 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
/* Keeps track of the beginning of a range of source lines. */
|
63 |
|
|
sltpointer sl_index;
|
64 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
/* Some state variables we'll need. */
|
66 |
|
|
int within_function;
|
67 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
/* Keep track of the current function's address. We may need to look
|
69 |
|
|
up something based on this address. */
|
70 |
|
|
unsigned int current_function_value;
|
71 |
|
|
};
|
72 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
/* Accessor macros to get at the fields. */
|
74 |
|
|
#define HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o) \
|
75 |
|
|
((struct hpread_symfile_info *)((o)->sym_private))
|
76 |
|
|
#define GNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt)
|
77 |
|
|
#define LNTT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt)
|
78 |
|
|
#define SLT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->slt)
|
79 |
|
|
#define VT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt)
|
80 |
|
|
#define VT_SIZE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->vt_size)
|
81 |
|
|
#define LNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->lntt_symcount)
|
82 |
|
|
#define GNTT_SYMCOUNT(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->gntt_symcount)
|
83 |
|
|
#define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector)
|
84 |
|
|
#define DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH(o) \
|
85 |
|
|
(HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->dntt_type_vector_length)
|
86 |
|
|
#define SL_INDEX(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->sl_index)
|
87 |
|
|
#define WITHIN_FUNCTION(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->within_function)
|
88 |
|
|
#define CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE(o) (HPUX_SYMFILE_INFO(o)->current_function_value)
|
89 |
|
|
|
90 |
|
|
/* Given the native debug symbol SYM, set NAMEP to the name associated
|
91 |
|
|
with the debug symbol. Note we may be called with a debug symbol which
|
92 |
|
|
has no associated name, in that case we return an empty string.
|
93 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
|
Also note we "know" that the name for any symbol is always in the
|
95 |
|
|
same place. Hence we don't have to conditionalize on the symbol type. */
|
96 |
|
|
#define SET_NAMESTRING(SYM, NAMEP, OBJFILE) \
|
97 |
|
|
if (! hpread_has_name ((SYM)->dblock.kind)) \
|
98 |
|
|
*NAMEP = ""; \
|
99 |
|
|
else if (((unsigned)(SYM)->dsfile.name) >= VT_SIZE (OBJFILE)) \
|
100 |
|
|
{ \
|
101 |
|
|
complain (&string_table_offset_complaint, (char *) symnum); \
|
102 |
|
|
*NAMEP = ""; \
|
103 |
|
|
} \
|
104 |
|
|
else \
|
105 |
|
|
*NAMEP = (SYM)->dsfile.name + VT (OBJFILE)
|
106 |
|
|
|
107 |
|
|
/* We put a pointer to this structure in the read_symtab_private field
|
108 |
|
|
of the psymtab. */
|
109 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
struct symloc
|
111 |
|
|
{
|
112 |
|
|
/* The offset within the file symbol table of first local symbol for
|
113 |
|
|
this file. */
|
114 |
|
|
|
115 |
|
|
int ldsymoff;
|
116 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
/* Length (in bytes) of the section of the symbol table devoted to
|
118 |
|
|
this file's symbols (actually, the section bracketed may contain
|
119 |
|
|
more than just this file's symbols). If ldsymlen is 0, the only
|
120 |
|
|
reason for this thing's existence is the dependency list.
|
121 |
|
|
Nothing else will happen when it is read in. */
|
122 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
int ldsymlen;
|
124 |
|
|
};
|
125 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
#define LDSYMOFF(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymoff)
|
127 |
|
|
#define LDSYMLEN(p) (((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))->ldsymlen)
|
128 |
|
|
#define SYMLOC(p) ((struct symloc *)((p)->read_symtab_private))
|
129 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
/* FIXME: Shouldn't this stuff be in a .h file somewhere? */
|
131 |
|
|
/* Complaints about the symbols we have encountered. */
|
132 |
|
|
extern struct complaint string_table_offset_complaint;
|
133 |
|
|
extern struct complaint lbrac_unmatched_complaint;
|
134 |
|
|
extern struct complaint lbrac_mismatch_complaint;
|
135 |
|
|
|
136 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint =
|
137 |
|
|
{
|
138 |
|
|
"unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON/DNTT_TYPE_END.\n", 0, 0
|
139 |
|
|
};
|
140 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_type_complaint =
|
142 |
|
|
{
|
143 |
|
|
"hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.", 0, 0
|
144 |
|
|
};
|
145 |
|
|
|
146 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_struct_complaint =
|
147 |
|
|
{
|
148 |
|
|
"hpread_read_struct_type: expected SVAR type...", 0, 0
|
149 |
|
|
};
|
150 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_array_complaint =
|
152 |
|
|
{
|
153 |
|
|
"error in hpread_array_type.", 0, 0
|
154 |
|
|
};
|
155 |
|
|
|
156 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_type_lookup_complaint =
|
157 |
|
|
{
|
158 |
|
|
"error in hpread_type_lookup().", 0, 0
|
159 |
|
|
};
|
160 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_unexpected_end_complaint =
|
163 |
|
|
{
|
164 |
|
|
"internal error in hp-symtab-read.c: Unexpected DNTT_TYPE_END kind.", 0, 0
|
165 |
|
|
};
|
166 |
|
|
|
167 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_tagdef_complaint =
|
168 |
|
|
{
|
169 |
|
|
"error processing class tagdef", 0, 0
|
170 |
|
|
};
|
171 |
|
|
|
172 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_common_complaint =
|
173 |
|
|
{
|
174 |
|
|
"unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON.", 0, 0
|
175 |
|
|
};
|
176 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint =
|
178 |
|
|
{
|
179 |
|
|
"unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA.", 0, 0
|
180 |
|
|
};
|
181 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
/* To generate dumping code, uncomment this define. The dumping
|
183 |
|
|
itself is controlled by routine-local statics called "dumping". */
|
184 |
|
|
/* #define DUMPING 1 */
|
185 |
|
|
|
186 |
|
|
/* To use the quick look-up tables, uncomment this define. */
|
187 |
|
|
#define QUICK_LOOK_UP 1
|
188 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
/* To call PXDB to process un-processed files, uncomment this define. */
|
190 |
|
|
#define USE_PXDB 1
|
191 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
/* Forward procedure declarations */
|
193 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *);
|
195 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
void do_pxdb (bfd *);
|
197 |
|
|
|
198 |
|
|
void hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *, int);
|
199 |
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
void hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *);
|
201 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *);
|
203 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
static union dnttentry *hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile);
|
205 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *, int);
|
208 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *hpread_start_psymtab
|
210 |
|
|
(struct objfile *, char *, CORE_ADDR, int,
|
211 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **, struct partial_symbol **);
|
212 |
|
|
|
213 |
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *hpread_end_psymtab
|
214 |
|
|
(struct partial_symtab *, char **, int, int, CORE_ADDR,
|
215 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab **, int);
|
216 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
static unsigned long hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
|
218 |
|
|
|
219 |
|
|
static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
|
220 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
|
222 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *);
|
224 |
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *);
|
226 |
|
|
|
227 |
|
|
static struct symtab *hpread_expand_symtab
|
228 |
|
|
(struct objfile *, int, int, CORE_ADDR, int,
|
229 |
|
|
struct section_offsets *, char *);
|
230 |
|
|
|
231 |
|
|
static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer);
|
232 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
|
static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
|
234 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
|
236 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type
|
238 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
|
239 |
|
|
|
240 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_function_type
|
241 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
|
242 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_doc_function_type
|
244 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
|
245 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type
|
247 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
|
248 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *, int);
|
250 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_templ_arg_type
|
252 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, char *);
|
253 |
|
|
|
254 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_set_type
|
255 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
|
256 |
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_array_type
|
258 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile);
|
259 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type
|
261 |
|
|
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
|
262 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
|
264 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
|
static sltpointer hpread_record_lines
|
266 |
|
|
(struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR);
|
267 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol
|
269 |
|
|
(union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *,
|
270 |
|
|
struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int, int *);
|
271 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
static int hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
|
273 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
static void fix_static_member_physnames
|
275 |
|
|
(struct type *, char *, struct objfile *);
|
276 |
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
static void fixup_class_method_type
|
278 |
|
|
(struct type *, struct type *, struct objfile *);
|
279 |
|
|
|
280 |
|
|
static void hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *, int);
|
281 |
|
|
|
282 |
|
|
static dnttpointer hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions
|
283 |
|
|
(int, dnttpointer, union dnttentry **, struct objfile *);
|
284 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
/* Global to indicate presence of HP-compiled objects,
|
287 |
|
|
in particular, SOM executable file with SOM debug info
|
288 |
|
|
Defined in symtab.c, used in hppa-tdep.c. */
|
289 |
|
|
extern int hp_som_som_object_present;
|
290 |
|
|
|
291 |
|
|
/* Static used to indicate a class type that requires a
|
292 |
|
|
fix-up of one of its method types */
|
293 |
|
|
static struct type *fixup_class = NULL;
|
294 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
|
/* Static used to indicate the method type that is to be
|
296 |
|
|
used to fix-up the type for fixup_class */
|
297 |
|
|
static struct type *fixup_method = NULL;
|
298 |
|
|
|
299 |
|
|
#ifdef USE_PXDB
|
300 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
/* NOTE use of system files! May not be portable. */
|
302 |
|
|
|
303 |
|
|
#define PXDB_SVR4 "/opt/langtools/bin/pxdb"
|
304 |
|
|
#define PXDB_BSD "/usr/bin/pxdb"
|
305 |
|
|
|
306 |
|
|
#include <stdlib.h>
|
307 |
|
|
#include "gdb_string.h"
|
308 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
/* check for the existence of a file, given its full pathname */
|
310 |
|
|
int
|
311 |
|
|
file_exists (char *filename)
|
312 |
|
|
{
|
313 |
|
|
if (filename)
|
314 |
|
|
return (access (filename, F_OK) == 0);
|
315 |
|
|
return 0;
|
316 |
|
|
}
|
317 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
|
319 |
|
|
/* Translate from the "hp_language" enumeration in hp-symtab.h
|
320 |
|
|
used in the debug info to gdb's generic enumeration in defs.h. */
|
321 |
|
|
static enum language
|
322 |
|
|
trans_lang (enum hp_language in_lang)
|
323 |
|
|
{
|
324 |
|
|
if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_C)
|
325 |
|
|
return language_c;
|
326 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
|
328 |
|
|
return language_cplus;
|
329 |
|
|
|
330 |
|
|
else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN)
|
331 |
|
|
return language_fortran;
|
332 |
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
else
|
334 |
|
|
return language_unknown;
|
335 |
|
|
}
|
336 |
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
static char main_string[] = "main";
|
338 |
|
|
|
339 |
|
|
/* Call PXDB to process our file.
|
340 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
Approach copied from DDE's "dbgk_run_pxdb". Note: we
|
342 |
|
|
don't check for BSD location of pxdb, nor for existence
|
343 |
|
|
of pxdb itself, etc.
|
344 |
|
|
|
345 |
|
|
NOTE: uses system function and string functions directly.
|
346 |
|
|
|
347 |
|
|
Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
|
348 |
|
|
int
|
349 |
|
|
hpread_call_pxdb (const char *file_name)
|
350 |
|
|
{
|
351 |
|
|
char *p;
|
352 |
|
|
int status;
|
353 |
|
|
int retval;
|
354 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
|
if (file_exists (PXDB_SVR4))
|
356 |
|
|
{
|
357 |
|
|
p = xmalloc (strlen (PXDB_SVR4) + strlen (file_name) + 2);
|
358 |
|
|
strcpy (p, PXDB_SVR4);
|
359 |
|
|
strcat (p, " ");
|
360 |
|
|
strcat (p, file_name);
|
361 |
|
|
|
362 |
|
|
warning ("File not processed by pxdb--about to process now.\n");
|
363 |
|
|
status = system (p);
|
364 |
|
|
|
365 |
|
|
retval = (status == 0);
|
366 |
|
|
}
|
367 |
|
|
else
|
368 |
|
|
{
|
369 |
|
|
warning ("pxdb not found at standard location: /opt/langtools/bin\ngdb will not be able to debug %s.\nPlease install pxdb at the above location and then restart gdb.\nYou can also run pxdb on %s with the command\n\"pxdb %s\" and then restart gdb.", file_name, file_name, file_name);
|
370 |
|
|
|
371 |
|
|
retval = 0;
|
372 |
|
|
}
|
373 |
|
|
return retval;
|
374 |
|
|
} /* hpread_call_pxdb */
|
375 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
377 |
|
|
/* Return 1 if the file turns out to need pre-processing
|
378 |
|
|
by PXDB, and we have thus called PXDB to do this processing
|
379 |
|
|
and the file therefore needs to be re-loaded. Otherwise
|
380 |
|
|
return 0. */
|
381 |
|
|
int
|
382 |
|
|
hpread_pxdb_needed (bfd *sym_bfd)
|
383 |
|
|
{
|
384 |
|
|
asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
|
385 |
|
|
unsigned int do_pxdb;
|
386 |
|
|
char *buf;
|
387 |
|
|
bfd_size_type header_section_size;
|
388 |
|
|
|
389 |
|
|
unsigned long tmp;
|
390 |
|
|
unsigned int pxdbed;
|
391 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$HEADER$");
|
393 |
|
|
if (!header_section)
|
394 |
|
|
{
|
395 |
|
|
return 0; /* No header at all, can't recover... */
|
396 |
|
|
}
|
397 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$DEBUG$");
|
399 |
|
|
pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$PINFO$");
|
400 |
|
|
|
401 |
|
|
if (pinfo_section && !debug_section)
|
402 |
|
|
{
|
403 |
|
|
/* Debug info with DOC, has different header format.
|
404 |
|
|
this only happens if the file was pxdbed and compiled optimized
|
405 |
|
|
otherwise the PINFO section is not there. */
|
406 |
|
|
header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
|
407 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header))
|
409 |
|
|
{
|
410 |
|
|
buf = alloca (sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
|
411 |
|
|
|
412 |
|
|
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
|
413 |
|
|
header_section,
|
414 |
|
|
buf, 0,
|
415 |
|
|
header_section_size))
|
416 |
|
|
error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
|
417 |
|
|
|
418 |
|
|
tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 4));
|
419 |
|
|
pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
|
420 |
|
|
|
421 |
|
|
if (!pxdbed)
|
422 |
|
|
error ("file debug header info invalid\n");
|
423 |
|
|
do_pxdb = 0;
|
424 |
|
|
}
|
425 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
else
|
427 |
|
|
error ("invalid $HEADER$ size in executable \n");
|
428 |
|
|
}
|
429 |
|
|
|
430 |
|
|
else
|
431 |
|
|
{
|
432 |
|
|
|
433 |
|
|
/* this can be three different cases:
|
434 |
|
|
1. pxdbed and not doc
|
435 |
|
|
- DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
|
436 |
|
|
- header is PXDB_header type
|
437 |
|
|
- pxdbed flag is set to 1
|
438 |
|
|
|
439 |
|
|
2. not pxdbed and doc
|
440 |
|
|
- DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
|
441 |
|
|
- header is DOC_info_header type
|
442 |
|
|
- pxdbed flag is set to 0
|
443 |
|
|
|
444 |
|
|
3. not pxdbed and not doc
|
445 |
|
|
- DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
|
446 |
|
|
- header is XDB_header type
|
447 |
|
|
- pxdbed flag is set to 0
|
448 |
|
|
|
449 |
|
|
NOTE: the pxdbed flag is meaningful also in the not
|
450 |
|
|
already pxdb processed version of the header,
|
451 |
|
|
because in case on non-already processed by pxdb files
|
452 |
|
|
that same bit in the header would be always zero.
|
453 |
|
|
Why? Because the bit is the leftmost bit of a word
|
454 |
|
|
which contains a 'length' which is always a positive value
|
455 |
|
|
so that bit is never set to 1 (otherwise it would be negative)
|
456 |
|
|
|
457 |
|
|
Given the above, we have two choices : either we ignore the
|
458 |
|
|
size of the header itself and just look at the pxdbed field,
|
459 |
|
|
or we check the size and then we (for safety and paranoia related
|
460 |
|
|
issues) check the bit.
|
461 |
|
|
The first solution is used by DDE, the second by PXDB itself.
|
462 |
|
|
I am using the second one here, because I already wrote it,
|
463 |
|
|
and it is the end of a long day.
|
464 |
|
|
Also, using the first approach would still involve size issues
|
465 |
|
|
because we need to read in the contents of the header section, and
|
466 |
|
|
give the correct amount of stuff we want to read to the
|
467 |
|
|
get_bfd_section_contents function. */
|
468 |
|
|
|
469 |
|
|
/* decide which case depending on the size of the header section.
|
470 |
|
|
The size is as defined in hp-symtab.h */
|
471 |
|
|
|
472 |
|
|
header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
|
473 |
|
|
|
474 |
|
|
if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (PXDB_header)) /* pxdb and not doc */
|
475 |
|
|
{
|
476 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
|
buf = alloca (sizeof (PXDB_header));
|
478 |
|
|
if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
|
479 |
|
|
header_section,
|
480 |
|
|
buf, 0,
|
481 |
|
|
header_section_size))
|
482 |
|
|
error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
|
483 |
|
|
|
484 |
|
|
tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 3));
|
485 |
|
|
pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
|
486 |
|
|
|
487 |
|
|
if (pxdbed)
|
488 |
|
|
do_pxdb = 0;
|
489 |
|
|
else
|
490 |
|
|
error ("file debug header invalid\n");
|
491 |
|
|
}
|
492 |
|
|
else /*not pxdbed and doc OR not pxdbed and non doc */
|
493 |
|
|
do_pxdb = 1;
|
494 |
|
|
}
|
495 |
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
if (do_pxdb)
|
497 |
|
|
{
|
498 |
|
|
return 1;
|
499 |
|
|
}
|
500 |
|
|
else
|
501 |
|
|
{
|
502 |
|
|
return 0;
|
503 |
|
|
}
|
504 |
|
|
} /* hpread_pxdb_needed */
|
505 |
|
|
|
506 |
|
|
#endif
|
507 |
|
|
|
508 |
|
|
/* Check whether the file needs to be preprocessed by pxdb.
|
509 |
|
|
If so, call pxdb. */
|
510 |
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
void
|
512 |
|
|
do_pxdb (bfd *sym_bfd)
|
513 |
|
|
{
|
514 |
|
|
/* The following code is HP-specific. The "right" way of
|
515 |
|
|
doing this is unknown, but we bet would involve a target-
|
516 |
|
|
specific pre-file-load check using a generic mechanism. */
|
517 |
|
|
|
518 |
|
|
/* This code will not be executed if the file is not in SOM
|
519 |
|
|
format (i.e. if compiled with gcc) */
|
520 |
|
|
if (hpread_pxdb_needed (sym_bfd))
|
521 |
|
|
{
|
522 |
|
|
/*This file has not been pre-processed. Preprocess now */
|
523 |
|
|
|
524 |
|
|
if (hpread_call_pxdb (sym_bfd->filename))
|
525 |
|
|
{
|
526 |
|
|
/* The call above has changed the on-disk file,
|
527 |
|
|
we can close the file anyway, because the
|
528 |
|
|
symbols will be reread in when the target is run */
|
529 |
|
|
bfd_close (sym_bfd);
|
530 |
|
|
}
|
531 |
|
|
}
|
532 |
|
|
}
|
533 |
|
|
|
534 |
|
|
|
535 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
|
537 |
|
|
|
538 |
|
|
/* Code to handle quick lookup-tables follows. */
|
539 |
|
|
|
540 |
|
|
|
541 |
|
|
/* Some useful macros */
|
542 |
|
|
#define VALID_FILE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
|
543 |
|
|
#define VALID_MODULE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
|
544 |
|
|
#define VALID_PROC(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
|
545 |
|
|
#define VALID_CLASS(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
|
546 |
|
|
|
547 |
|
|
#define FILE_START(i) (qFD[i].adrStart)
|
548 |
|
|
#define MODULE_START(i) (qMD[i].adrStart)
|
549 |
|
|
#define PROC_START(i) (qPD[i].adrStart)
|
550 |
|
|
|
551 |
|
|
#define FILE_END(i) (qFD[i].adrEnd)
|
552 |
|
|
#define MODULE_END(i) (qMD[i].adrEnd)
|
553 |
|
|
#define PROC_END(i) (qPD[i].adrEnd)
|
554 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
#define FILE_ISYM(i) (qFD[i].isym)
|
556 |
|
|
#define MODULE_ISYM(i) (qMD[i].isym)
|
557 |
|
|
#define PROC_ISYM(i) (qPD[i].isym)
|
558 |
|
|
|
559 |
|
|
#define VALID_CURR_FILE (curr_fd < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
|
560 |
|
|
#define VALID_CURR_MODULE (curr_md < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
|
561 |
|
|
#define VALID_CURR_PROC (curr_pd < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
|
562 |
|
|
#define VALID_CURR_CLASS (curr_cd < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
|
563 |
|
|
|
564 |
|
|
#define CURR_FILE_START (qFD[curr_fd].adrStart)
|
565 |
|
|
#define CURR_MODULE_START (qMD[curr_md].adrStart)
|
566 |
|
|
#define CURR_PROC_START (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart)
|
567 |
|
|
|
568 |
|
|
#define CURR_FILE_END (qFD[curr_fd].adrEnd)
|
569 |
|
|
#define CURR_MODULE_END (qMD[curr_md].adrEnd)
|
570 |
|
|
#define CURR_PROC_END (qPD[curr_pd].adrEnd)
|
571 |
|
|
|
572 |
|
|
#define CURR_FILE_ISYM (qFD[curr_fd].isym)
|
573 |
|
|
#define CURR_MODULE_ISYM (qMD[curr_md].isym)
|
574 |
|
|
#define CURR_PROC_ISYM (qPD[curr_pd].isym)
|
575 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
#define TELL_OBJFILE \
|
577 |
|
|
do { \
|
578 |
|
|
if( !told_objfile ) { \
|
579 |
|
|
told_objfile = 1; \
|
580 |
|
|
warning ("\nIn object file \"%s\":\n", \
|
581 |
|
|
objfile->name); \
|
582 |
|
|
} \
|
583 |
|
|
} while (0)
|
584 |
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
586 |
|
|
|
587 |
|
|
/* Keeping track of the start/end symbol table (LNTT) indices of
|
588 |
|
|
psymtabs created so far */
|
589 |
|
|
|
590 |
|
|
typedef struct
|
591 |
|
|
{
|
592 |
|
|
int start;
|
593 |
|
|
int end;
|
594 |
|
|
}
|
595 |
|
|
pst_syms_struct;
|
596 |
|
|
|
597 |
|
|
static pst_syms_struct *pst_syms_array = 0;
|
598 |
|
|
|
599 |
|
|
static pst_syms_count = 0;
|
600 |
|
|
static pst_syms_size = 0;
|
601 |
|
|
|
602 |
|
|
/* used by the TELL_OBJFILE macro */
|
603 |
|
|
static boolean told_objfile = 0;
|
604 |
|
|
|
605 |
|
|
/* Set up psymtab symbol index stuff */
|
606 |
|
|
static void
|
607 |
|
|
init_pst_syms (void)
|
608 |
|
|
{
|
609 |
|
|
pst_syms_count = 0;
|
610 |
|
|
pst_syms_size = 20;
|
611 |
|
|
pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xmalloc (20 * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
|
612 |
|
|
}
|
613 |
|
|
|
614 |
|
|
/* Clean up psymtab symbol index stuff */
|
615 |
|
|
static void
|
616 |
|
|
clear_pst_syms (void)
|
617 |
|
|
{
|
618 |
|
|
pst_syms_count = 0;
|
619 |
|
|
pst_syms_size = 0;
|
620 |
|
|
xfree (pst_syms_array);
|
621 |
|
|
pst_syms_array = 0;
|
622 |
|
|
}
|
623 |
|
|
|
624 |
|
|
/* Add information about latest psymtab to symbol index table */
|
625 |
|
|
static void
|
626 |
|
|
record_pst_syms (int start_sym, int end_sym)
|
627 |
|
|
{
|
628 |
|
|
if (++pst_syms_count > pst_syms_size)
|
629 |
|
|
{
|
630 |
|
|
pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xrealloc (pst_syms_array,
|
631 |
|
|
2 * pst_syms_size * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
|
632 |
|
|
pst_syms_size *= 2;
|
633 |
|
|
}
|
634 |
|
|
pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].start = start_sym;
|
635 |
|
|
pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end = end_sym;
|
636 |
|
|
}
|
637 |
|
|
|
638 |
|
|
/* Find a suitable symbol table index which can serve as the upper
|
639 |
|
|
bound of a psymtab that starts at INDEX
|
640 |
|
|
|
641 |
|
|
This scans backwards in the psymtab symbol index table to find a
|
642 |
|
|
"hole" in which the given index can fit. This is a heuristic!!
|
643 |
|
|
We don't search the entire table to check for multiple holes,
|
644 |
|
|
we don't care about overlaps, etc.
|
645 |
|
|
|
646 |
|
|
Return 0 => not found */
|
647 |
|
|
static int
|
648 |
|
|
find_next_pst_start (int index)
|
649 |
|
|
{
|
650 |
|
|
int i;
|
651 |
|
|
|
652 |
|
|
for (i = pst_syms_count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
653 |
|
|
if (pst_syms_array[i].end <= index)
|
654 |
|
|
return (i == pst_syms_count - 1) ? 0 : pst_syms_array[i + 1].start - 1;
|
655 |
|
|
|
656 |
|
|
if (pst_syms_array[0].start > index)
|
657 |
|
|
return pst_syms_array[0].start - 1;
|
658 |
|
|
|
659 |
|
|
return 0;
|
660 |
|
|
}
|
661 |
|
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
663 |
|
|
|
664 |
|
|
/* Utility functions to find the ending symbol index for a psymtab */
|
665 |
|
|
|
666 |
|
|
/* Find the next file entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
|
667 |
|
|
its starting symbol index - 1.
|
668 |
|
|
QFD is the file table, CURR_FD is the file entry from where to start,
|
669 |
|
|
PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
|
670 |
|
|
|
671 |
|
|
Return 0 => not found */
|
672 |
|
|
static int
|
673 |
|
|
find_next_file_isym (int index, quick_file_entry *qFD, int curr_fd,
|
674 |
|
|
PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
|
675 |
|
|
{
|
676 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_FILE)
|
677 |
|
|
{
|
678 |
|
|
if (CURR_FILE_ISYM >= index)
|
679 |
|
|
return CURR_FILE_ISYM - 1;
|
680 |
|
|
curr_fd++;
|
681 |
|
|
}
|
682 |
|
|
return 0;
|
683 |
|
|
}
|
684 |
|
|
|
685 |
|
|
/* Find the next procedure entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
|
686 |
|
|
its starting symbol index - 1.
|
687 |
|
|
QPD is the procedure table, CURR_PD is the proc entry from where to start,
|
688 |
|
|
PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
|
689 |
|
|
|
690 |
|
|
Return 0 => not found */
|
691 |
|
|
static int
|
692 |
|
|
find_next_proc_isym (int index, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int curr_pd,
|
693 |
|
|
PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
|
694 |
|
|
{
|
695 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_PROC)
|
696 |
|
|
{
|
697 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_ISYM >= index)
|
698 |
|
|
return CURR_PROC_ISYM - 1;
|
699 |
|
|
curr_pd++;
|
700 |
|
|
}
|
701 |
|
|
return 0;
|
702 |
|
|
}
|
703 |
|
|
|
704 |
|
|
/* Find the next module entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
|
705 |
|
|
its starting symbol index - 1.
|
706 |
|
|
QMD is the module table, CURR_MD is the modue entry from where to start,
|
707 |
|
|
PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
|
708 |
|
|
|
709 |
|
|
Return 0 => not found */
|
710 |
|
|
static int
|
711 |
|
|
find_next_module_isym (int index, quick_module_entry *qMD, int curr_md,
|
712 |
|
|
PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
|
713 |
|
|
{
|
714 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_MODULE)
|
715 |
|
|
{
|
716 |
|
|
if (CURR_MODULE_ISYM >= index)
|
717 |
|
|
return CURR_MODULE_ISYM - 1;
|
718 |
|
|
curr_md++;
|
719 |
|
|
}
|
720 |
|
|
return 0;
|
721 |
|
|
}
|
722 |
|
|
|
723 |
|
|
/* Scan and record partial symbols for all functions starting from index
|
724 |
|
|
pointed to by CURR_PD_P, and between code addresses START_ADR and END_ADR.
|
725 |
|
|
Other parameters are explained in comments below. */
|
726 |
|
|
|
727 |
|
|
/* This used to be inline in hpread_quick_traverse, but now that we do
|
728 |
|
|
essentially the same thing for two different cases (modules and
|
729 |
|
|
module-less files), it's better organized in a separate routine,
|
730 |
|
|
although it does take lots of arguments. pai/1997-10-08
|
731 |
|
|
|
732 |
|
|
CURR_PD_P is the pointer to the current proc index. QPD is the
|
733 |
|
|
procedure quick lookup table. MAX_PROCS is the number of entries
|
734 |
|
|
in the proc. table. START_ADR is the beginning of the code range
|
735 |
|
|
for the current psymtab. end_adr is the end of the code range for
|
736 |
|
|
the current psymtab. PST is the current psymtab. VT_bits is
|
737 |
|
|
a pointer to the strings table of SOM debug space. OBJFILE is
|
738 |
|
|
the current object file. */
|
739 |
|
|
|
740 |
|
|
static int
|
741 |
|
|
scan_procs (int *curr_pd_p, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int max_procs,
|
742 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR start_adr, CORE_ADDR end_adr, struct partial_symtab *pst,
|
743 |
|
|
char *vt_bits, struct objfile *objfile)
|
744 |
|
|
{
|
745 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
|
746 |
|
|
int symbol_count = 0; /* Total number of symbols in this psymtab */
|
747 |
|
|
int curr_pd = *curr_pd_p; /* Convenience variable -- avoid dereferencing pointer all the time */
|
748 |
|
|
|
749 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
750 |
|
|
/* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine */
|
751 |
|
|
static int dumping = 0;
|
752 |
|
|
#endif
|
753 |
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
755 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
756 |
|
|
{
|
757 |
|
|
printf ("Scan_procs called, addresses %x to %x, proc %x\n", start_adr, end_adr, curr_pd);
|
758 |
|
|
}
|
759 |
|
|
#endif
|
760 |
|
|
|
761 |
|
|
while ((CURR_PROC_START <= end_adr) && (curr_pd < max_procs))
|
762 |
|
|
{
|
763 |
|
|
|
764 |
|
|
char *rtn_name; /* mangled name */
|
765 |
|
|
char *rtn_dem_name; /* qualified demangled name */
|
766 |
|
|
char *class_name;
|
767 |
|
|
int class;
|
768 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
if ((trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language) == language_cplus) &&
|
770 |
|
|
vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]) /* not a null string */
|
771 |
|
|
{
|
772 |
|
|
/* Get mangled name for the procedure, and demangle it */
|
773 |
|
|
rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias];
|
774 |
|
|
rtn_dem_name = cplus_demangle (rtn_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
|
775 |
|
|
}
|
776 |
|
|
else
|
777 |
|
|
{
|
778 |
|
|
rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc];
|
779 |
|
|
rtn_dem_name = NULL;
|
780 |
|
|
}
|
781 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
/* Hack to get around HP C/C++ compilers' insistence on providing
|
783 |
|
|
"_MAIN_" as an alternate name for "main" */
|
784 |
|
|
if ((strcmp (rtn_name, "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
|
785 |
|
|
(strcmp (&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], "main") == 0))
|
786 |
|
|
rtn_dem_name = rtn_name = main_string;
|
787 |
|
|
|
788 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
789 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
790 |
|
|
{
|
791 |
|
|
printf ("..add %s (demangled %s), index %x to this psymtab\n", rtn_name, rtn_dem_name, curr_pd);
|
792 |
|
|
}
|
793 |
|
|
#endif
|
794 |
|
|
|
795 |
|
|
/* Check for module-spanning routines. */
|
796 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_END > end_adr)
|
797 |
|
|
{
|
798 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
799 |
|
|
warning ("Procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] spans file or module boundaries.", rtn_name, curr_pd);
|
800 |
|
|
}
|
801 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
|
/* Add this routine symbol to the list in the objfile.
|
803 |
|
|
Unfortunately we have to go to the LNTT to determine the
|
804 |
|
|
correct list to put it on. An alternative (which the
|
805 |
|
|
code used to do) would be to not check and always throw
|
806 |
|
|
it on the "static" list. But if we go that route, then
|
807 |
|
|
symbol_lookup() needs to be tweaked a bit to account
|
808 |
|
|
for the fact that the function might not be found on
|
809 |
|
|
the correct list in the psymtab. - RT */
|
810 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (qPD[curr_pd].isym, objfile);
|
811 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
|
812 |
|
|
add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
|
813 |
|
|
strlen (rtn_name),
|
814 |
|
|
rtn_dem_name,
|
815 |
|
|
strlen (rtn_dem_name),
|
816 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
817 |
|
|
LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
|
818 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
819 |
|
|
(qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
|
820 |
|
|
ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
|
821 |
|
|
0, /* core addr?? */
|
822 |
|
|
trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
|
823 |
|
|
objfile);
|
824 |
|
|
else
|
825 |
|
|
add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
|
826 |
|
|
strlen (rtn_name),
|
827 |
|
|
rtn_dem_name,
|
828 |
|
|
strlen (rtn_dem_name),
|
829 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE,
|
830 |
|
|
LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
|
831 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
832 |
|
|
(qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
|
833 |
|
|
ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
|
834 |
|
|
0, /* core addr?? */
|
835 |
|
|
trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
|
836 |
|
|
objfile);
|
837 |
|
|
|
838 |
|
|
symbol_count++;
|
839 |
|
|
*curr_pd_p = ++curr_pd; /* bump up count & reflect in caller */
|
840 |
|
|
} /* loop over procedures */
|
841 |
|
|
|
842 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
843 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
844 |
|
|
{
|
845 |
|
|
if (symbol_count == 0)
|
846 |
|
|
printf ("Scan_procs: no symbols found!\n");
|
847 |
|
|
}
|
848 |
|
|
#endif
|
849 |
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
return symbol_count;
|
851 |
|
|
}
|
852 |
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
|
854 |
|
|
/* Traverse the quick look-up tables, building a set of psymtabs.
|
855 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
|
This constructs a psymtab for modules and files in the quick lookup
|
857 |
|
|
tables.
|
858 |
|
|
|
859 |
|
|
Mostly, modules correspond to compilation units, so we try to
|
860 |
|
|
create psymtabs that correspond to modules; however, in some cases
|
861 |
|
|
a file can result in a compiled object which does not have a module
|
862 |
|
|
entry for it, so in such cases we create a psymtab for the file. */
|
863 |
|
|
|
864 |
|
|
int
|
865 |
|
|
hpread_quick_traverse (struct objfile *objfile, char *gntt_bits,
|
866 |
|
|
char *vt_bits, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
|
867 |
|
|
{
|
868 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
869 |
|
|
|
870 |
|
|
char *addr;
|
871 |
|
|
|
872 |
|
|
quick_procedure_entry *qPD;
|
873 |
|
|
quick_file_entry *qFD;
|
874 |
|
|
quick_module_entry *qMD;
|
875 |
|
|
quick_class_entry *qCD;
|
876 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
int idx;
|
878 |
|
|
int i;
|
879 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR start_adr; /* current psymtab's starting code addr */
|
880 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR end_adr; /* current psymtab's ending code addr */
|
881 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR next_mod_adr; /* next module's starting code addr */
|
882 |
|
|
int curr_pd; /* current procedure */
|
883 |
|
|
int curr_fd; /* current file */
|
884 |
|
|
int curr_md; /* current module */
|
885 |
|
|
int start_sym; /* current psymtab's starting symbol index */
|
886 |
|
|
int end_sym; /* current psymtab's ending symbol index */
|
887 |
|
|
int max_LNTT_sym_index;
|
888 |
|
|
int syms_in_pst;
|
889 |
|
|
B_TYPE *class_entered;
|
890 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **global_syms; /* We'll be filling in the "global" */
|
892 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **static_syms; /* and "static" tables in the objfile
|
893 |
|
|
as we go, so we need a pair of
|
894 |
|
|
current pointers. */
|
895 |
|
|
|
896 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
897 |
|
|
/* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine.
|
898 |
|
|
You get a blow-by-blow account of quick lookup table reading */
|
899 |
|
|
static int dumping = 0;
|
900 |
|
|
#endif
|
901 |
|
|
|
902 |
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
903 |
|
|
|
904 |
|
|
/* Clear out some globals */
|
905 |
|
|
init_pst_syms ();
|
906 |
|
|
told_objfile = 0;
|
907 |
|
|
|
908 |
|
|
/* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
|
909 |
|
|
as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
|
910 |
|
|
if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
|
911 |
|
|
{
|
912 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
|
913 |
|
|
set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
|
914 |
|
|
}
|
915 |
|
|
|
916 |
|
|
/* First we need to find the starting points of the quick
|
917 |
|
|
look-up tables in the GNTT. */
|
918 |
|
|
|
919 |
|
|
addr = gntt_bits;
|
920 |
|
|
|
921 |
|
|
qPD = (quick_procedure_entry_ptr) addr;
|
922 |
|
|
addr += pxdb_header_p->pd_entries * sizeof (quick_procedure_entry);
|
923 |
|
|
|
924 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
925 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
926 |
|
|
{
|
927 |
|
|
printf ("\n Printing routines as we see them\n");
|
928 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VALID_PROC (i); i++)
|
929 |
|
|
{
|
930 |
|
|
idx = (long) qPD[i].sbProc;
|
931 |
|
|
printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
|
932 |
|
|
(int) PROC_START (i),
|
933 |
|
|
(int) PROC_END (i));
|
934 |
|
|
}
|
935 |
|
|
}
|
936 |
|
|
#endif
|
937 |
|
|
|
938 |
|
|
qFD = (quick_file_entry_ptr) addr;
|
939 |
|
|
addr += pxdb_header_p->fd_entries * sizeof (quick_file_entry);
|
940 |
|
|
|
941 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
942 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
943 |
|
|
{
|
944 |
|
|
printf ("\n Printing files as we see them\n");
|
945 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VALID_FILE (i); i++)
|
946 |
|
|
{
|
947 |
|
|
idx = (long) qFD[i].sbFile;
|
948 |
|
|
printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
|
949 |
|
|
(int) FILE_START (i),
|
950 |
|
|
(int) FILE_END (i));
|
951 |
|
|
}
|
952 |
|
|
}
|
953 |
|
|
#endif
|
954 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
qMD = (quick_module_entry_ptr) addr;
|
956 |
|
|
addr += pxdb_header_p->md_entries * sizeof (quick_module_entry);
|
957 |
|
|
|
958 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
959 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
960 |
|
|
{
|
961 |
|
|
printf ("\n Printing modules as we see them\n");
|
962 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pxdb_header_p->md_entries; i++)
|
963 |
|
|
{
|
964 |
|
|
idx = (long) qMD[i].sbMod;
|
965 |
|
|
printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
|
966 |
|
|
}
|
967 |
|
|
}
|
968 |
|
|
#endif
|
969 |
|
|
|
970 |
|
|
qCD = (quick_class_entry_ptr) addr;
|
971 |
|
|
addr += pxdb_header_p->cd_entries * sizeof (quick_class_entry);
|
972 |
|
|
|
973 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
974 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
975 |
|
|
{
|
976 |
|
|
printf ("\n Printing classes as we see them\n");
|
977 |
|
|
for (i = 0; VALID_CLASS (i); i++)
|
978 |
|
|
{
|
979 |
|
|
idx = (long) qCD[i].sbClass;
|
980 |
|
|
printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
|
981 |
|
|
}
|
982 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
printf ("\n Done with dump, on to build!\n");
|
984 |
|
|
}
|
985 |
|
|
#endif
|
986 |
|
|
|
987 |
|
|
/* We need this index only while hp-symtab-read.c expects
|
988 |
|
|
a byte offset to the end of the LNTT entries for a given
|
989 |
|
|
psymtab. Thus the need for it should go away someday.
|
990 |
|
|
|
991 |
|
|
When it goes away, then we won't have any need to load the
|
992 |
|
|
LNTT from the objfile at psymtab-time, and start-up will be
|
993 |
|
|
faster. To make that work, we'll need some way to create
|
994 |
|
|
a null pst for the "globals" pseudo-module. */
|
995 |
|
|
max_LNTT_sym_index = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
|
996 |
|
|
|
997 |
|
|
/* Scan the module descriptors and make a psymtab for each.
|
998 |
|
|
|
999 |
|
|
We know the MDs, FDs and the PDs are in order by starting
|
1000 |
|
|
address. We use that fact to traverse all three arrays in
|
1001 |
|
|
parallel, knowing when the next PD is in a new file
|
1002 |
|
|
and we need to create a new psymtab. */
|
1003 |
|
|
curr_pd = 0; /* Current procedure entry */
|
1004 |
|
|
curr_fd = 0; /* Current file entry */
|
1005 |
|
|
curr_md = 0; /* Current module entry */
|
1006 |
|
|
|
1007 |
|
|
start_adr = 0; /* Current psymtab code range */
|
1008 |
|
|
end_adr = 0;
|
1009 |
|
|
|
1010 |
|
|
start_sym = 0; /* Current psymtab symbol range */
|
1011 |
|
|
end_sym = 0;
|
1012 |
|
|
|
1013 |
|
|
syms_in_pst = 0; /* Symbol count for psymtab */
|
1014 |
|
|
|
1015 |
|
|
/* Psts actually just have pointers into the objfile's
|
1016 |
|
|
symbol table, not their own symbol tables. */
|
1017 |
|
|
global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.list;
|
1018 |
|
|
static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.list;
|
1019 |
|
|
|
1020 |
|
|
|
1021 |
|
|
/* First skip over pseudo-entries with address 0. These represent inlined
|
1022 |
|
|
routines and abstract (uninstantiated) template routines.
|
1023 |
|
|
FIXME: These should be read in and available -- even if we can't set
|
1024 |
|
|
breakpoints, etc., there's some information that can be presented
|
1025 |
|
|
to the user. pai/1997-10-08 */
|
1026 |
|
|
|
1027 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_PROC && (CURR_PROC_START == 0))
|
1028 |
|
|
curr_pd++;
|
1029 |
|
|
|
1030 |
|
|
/* Loop over files, modules, and procedures in code address order. Each
|
1031 |
|
|
time we enter an iteration of this loop, curr_pd points to the first
|
1032 |
|
|
unprocessed procedure, curr_fd points to the first unprocessed file, and
|
1033 |
|
|
curr_md to the first unprocessed module. Each iteration of this loop
|
1034 |
|
|
updates these as required -- any or all of them may be bumpd up
|
1035 |
|
|
each time around. When we exit this loop, we are done with all files
|
1036 |
|
|
and modules in the tables -- there may still be some procedures, however.
|
1037 |
|
|
|
1038 |
|
|
Note: This code used to loop only over module entries, under the assumption
|
1039 |
|
|
that files can occur via inclusions and are thus unreliable, while a
|
1040 |
|
|
compiled object always corresponds to a module. With CTTI in the HP aCC
|
1041 |
|
|
compiler, it turns out that compiled objects may have only files and no
|
1042 |
|
|
modules; so we have to loop over files and modules, creating psymtabs for
|
1043 |
|
|
either as appropriate. Unfortunately there are some problems (notably:
|
1044 |
|
|
1. the lack of "SRC_FILE_END" entries in the LNTT, 2. the lack of pointers
|
1045 |
|
|
to the ending symbol indices of a module or a file) which make it quite hard
|
1046 |
|
|
to do this correctly. Currently it uses a bunch of heuristics to start and
|
1047 |
|
|
end psymtabs; they seem to work well with most objects generated by aCC, but
|
1048 |
|
|
who knows when that will change... */
|
1049 |
|
|
|
1050 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_FILE || VALID_CURR_MODULE)
|
1051 |
|
|
{
|
1052 |
|
|
|
1053 |
|
|
char *mod_name_string;
|
1054 |
|
|
char *full_name_string;
|
1055 |
|
|
|
1056 |
|
|
/* First check for modules like "version.c", which have no code
|
1057 |
|
|
in them but still have qMD entries. They also have no qFD or
|
1058 |
|
|
qPD entries. Their start address is -1 and their end address
|
1059 |
|
|
is 0. */
|
1060 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) && (CURR_MODULE_END == 0))
|
1061 |
|
|
{
|
1062 |
|
|
|
1063 |
|
|
mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
|
1064 |
|
|
|
1065 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1066 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1067 |
|
|
printf ("Module with data only %s\n", mod_name_string);
|
1068 |
|
|
#endif
|
1069 |
|
|
|
1070 |
|
|
/* We'll skip the rest (it makes error-checking easier), and
|
1071 |
|
|
just make an empty pst. Right now empty psts are not put
|
1072 |
|
|
in the pst chain, so all this is for naught, but later it
|
1073 |
|
|
might help. */
|
1074 |
|
|
|
1075 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
1076 |
|
|
mod_name_string,
|
1077 |
|
|
CURR_MODULE_START, /* Low text address: bogus! */
|
1078 |
|
|
(CURR_MODULE_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1079 |
|
|
/* ldsymoff */
|
1080 |
|
|
global_syms,
|
1081 |
|
|
static_syms);
|
1082 |
|
|
|
1083 |
|
|
pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
|
1084 |
|
|
NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
|
1085 |
|
|
0, /* includes_used */
|
1086 |
|
|
end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
1087 |
|
|
/* byte index in LNTT of end
|
1088 |
|
|
= capping symbol offset
|
1089 |
|
|
= LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
|
1090 |
|
|
0, /* text high */
|
1091 |
|
|
NULL, /* dependency_list */
|
1092 |
|
|
0); /* dependencies_used */
|
1093 |
|
|
|
1094 |
|
|
global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
|
1095 |
|
|
static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
|
1096 |
|
|
|
1097 |
|
|
curr_md++;
|
1098 |
|
|
}
|
1099 |
|
|
else if (VALID_CURR_MODULE &&
|
1100 |
|
|
((CURR_MODULE_START == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) ||
|
1101 |
|
|
(CURR_MODULE_END == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_END == -1)))
|
1102 |
|
|
{
|
1103 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1104 |
|
|
warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%s] has non-standard addresses. It starts at 0x%s, ends at 0x%s, and will be skipped.",
|
1105 |
|
|
mod_name_string, paddr_nz (curr_md), paddr_nz (start_adr), paddr_nz (end_adr));
|
1106 |
|
|
/* On to next module */
|
1107 |
|
|
curr_md++;
|
1108 |
|
|
}
|
1109 |
|
|
else
|
1110 |
|
|
{
|
1111 |
|
|
/* First check if we are looking at a file with code in it
|
1112 |
|
|
that does not overlap the current module's code range */
|
1113 |
|
|
|
1114 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_FILE ? (VALID_CURR_MODULE ? (CURR_FILE_END < CURR_MODULE_START) : 1) : 0)
|
1115 |
|
|
{
|
1116 |
|
|
|
1117 |
|
|
/* Looking at file not corresponding to any module,
|
1118 |
|
|
create a psymtab for it */
|
1119 |
|
|
full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
|
1120 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
|
1121 |
|
|
end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
|
1122 |
|
|
start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
|
1123 |
|
|
|
1124 |
|
|
/* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
|
1125 |
|
|
begin before the start address of this file, and if so, adjust
|
1126 |
|
|
this module's start address to include them. This handles routines that
|
1127 |
|
|
are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
|
1128 |
|
|
indicates a compiler bug */
|
1129 |
|
|
|
1130 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
|
1131 |
|
|
{
|
1132 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1133 |
|
|
warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
|
1134 |
|
|
&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
|
1135 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
|
1136 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
|
1137 |
|
|
start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
|
1138 |
|
|
}
|
1139 |
|
|
|
1140 |
|
|
/* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
|
1141 |
|
|
than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
|
1142 |
|
|
adjust accordingly */
|
1143 |
|
|
|
1144 |
|
|
if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
|
1145 |
|
|
{
|
1146 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1147 |
|
|
warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
|
1148 |
|
|
full_name_string, curr_fd);
|
1149 |
|
|
end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
|
1150 |
|
|
}
|
1151 |
|
|
if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md) && (CURR_MODULE_START <= end_adr))
|
1152 |
|
|
{
|
1153 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1154 |
|
|
warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
|
1155 |
|
|
full_name_string, curr_fd);
|
1156 |
|
|
end_adr = CURR_MODULE_START - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
|
1157 |
|
|
}
|
1158 |
|
|
|
1159 |
|
|
|
1160 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1161 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1162 |
|
|
{
|
1163 |
|
|
printf ("Make new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x).\n",
|
1164 |
|
|
full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr);
|
1165 |
|
|
}
|
1166 |
|
|
#endif
|
1167 |
|
|
/* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
|
1168 |
|
|
for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
|
1169 |
|
|
to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
|
1170 |
|
|
|
1171 |
|
|
The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
|
1172 |
|
|
of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
|
1173 |
|
|
turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
|
1174 |
|
|
And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
|
1175 |
|
|
the size of a union! FIXME! */
|
1176 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
1177 |
|
|
full_name_string,
|
1178 |
|
|
start_adr, /* Low text address */
|
1179 |
|
|
(start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1180 |
|
|
/* ldsymoff */
|
1181 |
|
|
global_syms,
|
1182 |
|
|
static_syms);
|
1183 |
|
|
|
1184 |
|
|
/* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
|
1185 |
|
|
class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
|
1186 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
|
1187 |
|
|
|
1188 |
|
|
/* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
|
1189 |
|
|
file, based on the starting addresses. */
|
1190 |
|
|
|
1191 |
|
|
syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
|
1192 |
|
|
start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
|
1193 |
|
|
|
1194 |
|
|
/* Get ending symbol offset */
|
1195 |
|
|
|
1196 |
|
|
end_sym = 0;
|
1197 |
|
|
/* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
|
1198 |
|
|
if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
|
1199 |
|
|
{
|
1200 |
|
|
end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
|
1201 |
|
|
}
|
1202 |
|
|
/* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
|
1203 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1204 |
|
|
{
|
1205 |
|
|
int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
|
1206 |
|
|
int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md, pxdb_header_p);
|
1207 |
|
|
int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
|
1208 |
|
|
|
1209 |
|
|
if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
|
1210 |
|
|
{
|
1211 |
|
|
/* pick lower of next file or module start index */
|
1212 |
|
|
end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
|
1213 |
|
|
}
|
1214 |
|
|
else
|
1215 |
|
|
{
|
1216 |
|
|
/* one of them is zero, pick the other */
|
1217 |
|
|
end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
|
1218 |
|
|
}
|
1219 |
|
|
|
1220 |
|
|
/* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
|
1221 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1222 |
|
|
end_sym = next_proc_isym;
|
1223 |
|
|
else
|
1224 |
|
|
end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
|
1225 |
|
|
}
|
1226 |
|
|
|
1227 |
|
|
/* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
|
1228 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1229 |
|
|
end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
|
1230 |
|
|
|
1231 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1232 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1233 |
|
|
{
|
1234 |
|
|
printf ("File psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
|
1235 |
|
|
}
|
1236 |
|
|
#endif
|
1237 |
|
|
|
1238 |
|
|
pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
|
1239 |
|
|
NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
|
1240 |
|
|
0, /* includes_used */
|
1241 |
|
|
end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
1242 |
|
|
/* byte index in LNTT of end
|
1243 |
|
|
= capping symbol offset
|
1244 |
|
|
= LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
|
1245 |
|
|
end_adr, /* text high */
|
1246 |
|
|
NULL, /* dependency_list */
|
1247 |
|
|
0); /* dependencies_used */
|
1248 |
|
|
|
1249 |
|
|
record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
|
1250 |
|
|
|
1251 |
|
|
if (NULL == pst)
|
1252 |
|
|
warning ("No symbols in psymtab for file \"%s\" [0x%x].", full_name_string, curr_fd);
|
1253 |
|
|
|
1254 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1255 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1256 |
|
|
{
|
1257 |
|
|
printf ("Made new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
|
1258 |
|
|
full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_FILE_ISYM, end_sym);
|
1259 |
|
|
}
|
1260 |
|
|
#endif
|
1261 |
|
|
/* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
|
1262 |
|
|
global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
|
1263 |
|
|
static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
|
1264 |
|
|
xfree (class_entered);
|
1265 |
|
|
|
1266 |
|
|
curr_fd++;
|
1267 |
|
|
} /* Psymtab for file */
|
1268 |
|
|
else
|
1269 |
|
|
{
|
1270 |
|
|
/* We have a module for which we create a psymtab */
|
1271 |
|
|
|
1272 |
|
|
mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
|
1273 |
|
|
|
1274 |
|
|
/* We will include the code ranges of any files that happen to
|
1275 |
|
|
overlap with this module */
|
1276 |
|
|
|
1277 |
|
|
/* So, first pick the lower of the file's and module's start addresses */
|
1278 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_MODULE_START;
|
1279 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
|
1280 |
|
|
{
|
1281 |
|
|
if (CURR_FILE_START < CURR_MODULE_START)
|
1282 |
|
|
{
|
1283 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1284 |
|
|
warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses beginning of module \"%s\".",
|
1285 |
|
|
&vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
|
1286 |
|
|
curr_fd, mod_name_string);
|
1287 |
|
|
|
1288 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
|
1289 |
|
|
}
|
1290 |
|
|
}
|
1291 |
|
|
|
1292 |
|
|
/* Also pick the lower of the file's and the module's start symbol indices */
|
1293 |
|
|
start_sym = CURR_MODULE_ISYM;
|
1294 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_ISYM < CURR_MODULE_ISYM))
|
1295 |
|
|
start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
|
1296 |
|
|
|
1297 |
|
|
/* For the end address, we scan through the files till we find one
|
1298 |
|
|
that overlaps the current module but ends beyond it; if no such file exists we
|
1299 |
|
|
simply use the module's start address.
|
1300 |
|
|
(Note, if file entries themselves overlap
|
1301 |
|
|
we take the longest overlapping extension beyond the end of the module...)
|
1302 |
|
|
We assume that modules never overlap. */
|
1303 |
|
|
|
1304 |
|
|
end_adr = CURR_MODULE_END;
|
1305 |
|
|
|
1306 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
|
1307 |
|
|
{
|
1308 |
|
|
while (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_START < end_adr))
|
1309 |
|
|
{
|
1310 |
|
|
|
1311 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1312 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1313 |
|
|
printf ("Maybe skipping file %s which overlaps with module %s\n",
|
1314 |
|
|
&vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], mod_name_string);
|
1315 |
|
|
#endif
|
1316 |
|
|
if (CURR_FILE_END > end_adr)
|
1317 |
|
|
{
|
1318 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1319 |
|
|
warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses end of module \"%s\".",
|
1320 |
|
|
&vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
|
1321 |
|
|
curr_fd, mod_name_string);
|
1322 |
|
|
end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
|
1323 |
|
|
}
|
1324 |
|
|
curr_fd++;
|
1325 |
|
|
}
|
1326 |
|
|
curr_fd--; /* back up after going too far */
|
1327 |
|
|
}
|
1328 |
|
|
|
1329 |
|
|
/* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
|
1330 |
|
|
than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
|
1331 |
|
|
adjust accordingly */
|
1332 |
|
|
|
1333 |
|
|
if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md + 1) && (MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) <= end_adr))
|
1334 |
|
|
{
|
1335 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1336 |
|
|
warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
|
1337 |
|
|
mod_name_string, curr_md);
|
1338 |
|
|
end_adr = MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
|
1339 |
|
|
}
|
1340 |
|
|
if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
|
1341 |
|
|
{
|
1342 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1343 |
|
|
warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
|
1344 |
|
|
mod_name_string, curr_md);
|
1345 |
|
|
end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
|
1346 |
|
|
}
|
1347 |
|
|
|
1348 |
|
|
/* Use one file to get the full name for the module. This
|
1349 |
|
|
situation can arise if there is executable code in a #include
|
1350 |
|
|
file. Each file with code in it gets a qFD. Files which don't
|
1351 |
|
|
contribute code don't get a qFD, even if they include files
|
1352 |
|
|
which do, e.g.:
|
1353 |
|
|
|
1354 |
|
|
body.c: rtn.h:
|
1355 |
|
|
int x; int main() {
|
1356 |
|
|
#include "rtn.h" return x;
|
1357 |
|
|
}
|
1358 |
|
|
|
1359 |
|
|
There will a qFD for "rtn.h",and a qMD for "body.c",
|
1360 |
|
|
but no qMD for "rtn.h" or qFD for "body.c"!
|
1361 |
|
|
|
1362 |
|
|
We pick the name of the last file to overlap with this
|
1363 |
|
|
module. C convention is to put include files first. In a
|
1364 |
|
|
perfect world, we could check names and use the file whose full
|
1365 |
|
|
path name ends with the module name. */
|
1366 |
|
|
|
1367 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
|
1368 |
|
|
full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
|
1369 |
|
|
else
|
1370 |
|
|
full_name_string = mod_name_string;
|
1371 |
|
|
|
1372 |
|
|
/* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
|
1373 |
|
|
begin before the start address we have now, and if so, adjust
|
1374 |
|
|
this psymtab's start address to include them. This handles routines that
|
1375 |
|
|
are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
|
1376 |
|
|
indicates a compiler bug */
|
1377 |
|
|
|
1378 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
|
1379 |
|
|
{
|
1380 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1381 |
|
|
warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
|
1382 |
|
|
&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
|
1383 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
|
1384 |
|
|
if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
|
1385 |
|
|
start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
|
1386 |
|
|
}
|
1387 |
|
|
|
1388 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1389 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1390 |
|
|
{
|
1391 |
|
|
printf ("Make new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), using file %s\n",
|
1392 |
|
|
mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, full_name_string);
|
1393 |
|
|
}
|
1394 |
|
|
#endif
|
1395 |
|
|
/* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
|
1396 |
|
|
for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
|
1397 |
|
|
to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
|
1398 |
|
|
|
1399 |
|
|
The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
|
1400 |
|
|
of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
|
1401 |
|
|
turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
|
1402 |
|
|
And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
|
1403 |
|
|
the size of a union! FIXME! */
|
1404 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
1405 |
|
|
full_name_string,
|
1406 |
|
|
start_adr, /* Low text address */
|
1407 |
|
|
(start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1408 |
|
|
/* ldsymoff */
|
1409 |
|
|
global_syms,
|
1410 |
|
|
static_syms);
|
1411 |
|
|
|
1412 |
|
|
/* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
|
1413 |
|
|
class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
|
1414 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
|
1415 |
|
|
|
1416 |
|
|
/* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
|
1417 |
|
|
module, based on the starting addresses. */
|
1418 |
|
|
|
1419 |
|
|
syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
|
1420 |
|
|
start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
|
1421 |
|
|
|
1422 |
|
|
/* Get ending symbol offset */
|
1423 |
|
|
|
1424 |
|
|
end_sym = 0;
|
1425 |
|
|
/* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
|
1426 |
|
|
if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
|
1427 |
|
|
{
|
1428 |
|
|
end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
|
1429 |
|
|
}
|
1430 |
|
|
/* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
|
1431 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1432 |
|
|
{
|
1433 |
|
|
int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
|
1434 |
|
|
int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md + 1, pxdb_header_p);
|
1435 |
|
|
int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
|
1436 |
|
|
|
1437 |
|
|
if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
|
1438 |
|
|
{
|
1439 |
|
|
/* pick lower of next file or module start index */
|
1440 |
|
|
end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
|
1441 |
|
|
}
|
1442 |
|
|
else
|
1443 |
|
|
{
|
1444 |
|
|
/* one of them is zero, pick the other */
|
1445 |
|
|
end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
|
1446 |
|
|
}
|
1447 |
|
|
|
1448 |
|
|
/* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
|
1449 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1450 |
|
|
end_sym = next_proc_isym;
|
1451 |
|
|
else
|
1452 |
|
|
end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
|
1453 |
|
|
}
|
1454 |
|
|
|
1455 |
|
|
/* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
|
1456 |
|
|
if (!end_sym)
|
1457 |
|
|
end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
|
1458 |
|
|
|
1459 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1460 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1461 |
|
|
{
|
1462 |
|
|
printf ("Module psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
|
1463 |
|
|
}
|
1464 |
|
|
#endif
|
1465 |
|
|
|
1466 |
|
|
pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
|
1467 |
|
|
NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
|
1468 |
|
|
0, /* includes_used */
|
1469 |
|
|
end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
1470 |
|
|
/* byte index in LNTT of end
|
1471 |
|
|
= capping symbol offset
|
1472 |
|
|
= LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
|
1473 |
|
|
end_adr, /* text high */
|
1474 |
|
|
NULL, /* dependency_list */
|
1475 |
|
|
0); /* dependencies_used */
|
1476 |
|
|
|
1477 |
|
|
record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
|
1478 |
|
|
|
1479 |
|
|
if (NULL == pst)
|
1480 |
|
|
warning ("No symbols in psymtab for module \"%s\" [0x%x].", mod_name_string, curr_md);
|
1481 |
|
|
|
1482 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1483 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1484 |
|
|
{
|
1485 |
|
|
printf ("Made new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
|
1486 |
|
|
mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_MODULE_ISYM, end_sym);
|
1487 |
|
|
}
|
1488 |
|
|
#endif
|
1489 |
|
|
|
1490 |
|
|
/* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
|
1491 |
|
|
global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
|
1492 |
|
|
static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
|
1493 |
|
|
xfree (class_entered);
|
1494 |
|
|
|
1495 |
|
|
curr_md++;
|
1496 |
|
|
curr_fd++;
|
1497 |
|
|
} /* psymtab for module */
|
1498 |
|
|
} /* psymtab for non-bogus file or module */
|
1499 |
|
|
} /* End of while loop over all files & modules */
|
1500 |
|
|
|
1501 |
|
|
/* There may be some routines after all files and modules -- these will get
|
1502 |
|
|
inserted in a separate new module of their own */
|
1503 |
|
|
if (VALID_CURR_PROC)
|
1504 |
|
|
{
|
1505 |
|
|
start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
|
1506 |
|
|
end_adr = qPD[pxdb_header_p->pd_entries - 1].adrEnd;
|
1507 |
|
|
TELL_OBJFILE;
|
1508 |
|
|
warning ("Found functions beyond end of all files and modules [0x%x].", curr_pd);
|
1509 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1510 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1511 |
|
|
{
|
1512 |
|
|
printf ("Orphan functions at end, PD %d and beyond (%x to %x)\n",
|
1513 |
|
|
curr_pd, start_adr, end_adr);
|
1514 |
|
|
}
|
1515 |
|
|
#endif
|
1516 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
1517 |
|
|
"orphans",
|
1518 |
|
|
start_adr, /* Low text address */
|
1519 |
|
|
(CURR_PROC_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1520 |
|
|
/* ldsymoff */
|
1521 |
|
|
global_syms,
|
1522 |
|
|
static_syms);
|
1523 |
|
|
|
1524 |
|
|
scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
|
1525 |
|
|
start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
|
1526 |
|
|
|
1527 |
|
|
pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
|
1528 |
|
|
NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
|
1529 |
|
|
0, /* includes_used */
|
1530 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->globals * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
1531 |
|
|
/* byte index in LNTT of end
|
1532 |
|
|
= capping symbol offset
|
1533 |
|
|
= LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
|
1534 |
|
|
end_adr, /* text high */
|
1535 |
|
|
NULL, /* dependency_list */
|
1536 |
|
|
0); /* dependencies_used */
|
1537 |
|
|
}
|
1538 |
|
|
|
1539 |
|
|
|
1540 |
|
|
#ifdef NEVER_NEVER
|
1541 |
|
|
/* Now build psts for non-module things (in the tail of
|
1542 |
|
|
the LNTT, after the last END MODULE entry).
|
1543 |
|
|
|
1544 |
|
|
If null psts were kept on the chain, this would be
|
1545 |
|
|
a solution. FIXME */
|
1546 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
1547 |
|
|
"globals",
|
1548 |
|
|
0,
|
1549 |
|
|
(pxdb_header_p->globals
|
1550 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1551 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
1552 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
1553 |
|
|
hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
|
1554 |
|
|
NULL, 0,
|
1555 |
|
|
(max_LNTT_sym_index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
1556 |
|
|
0,
|
1557 |
|
|
NULL, 0);
|
1558 |
|
|
#endif
|
1559 |
|
|
|
1560 |
|
|
clear_pst_syms ();
|
1561 |
|
|
|
1562 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1563 |
|
|
|
1564 |
|
|
} /* End of hpread_quick_traverse. */
|
1565 |
|
|
|
1566 |
|
|
|
1567 |
|
|
/* Get appropriate header, based on pxdb type.
|
1568 |
|
|
Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
|
1569 |
|
|
int
|
1570 |
|
|
hpread_get_header (struct objfile *objfile, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
|
1571 |
|
|
{
|
1572 |
|
|
asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
|
1573 |
|
|
|
1574 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1575 |
|
|
/* Turn on for debugging information */
|
1576 |
|
|
static int dumping = 0;
|
1577 |
|
|
#endif
|
1578 |
|
|
|
1579 |
|
|
header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$HEADER$");
|
1580 |
|
|
if (!header_section)
|
1581 |
|
|
{
|
1582 |
|
|
/* We don't have either PINFO or DEBUG sections. But
|
1583 |
|
|
stuff like "libc.sl" has no debug info. There's no
|
1584 |
|
|
need to warn the user of this, as it may be ok. The
|
1585 |
|
|
caller will figure it out and issue any needed
|
1586 |
|
|
messages. */
|
1587 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1588 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1589 |
|
|
printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
|
1590 |
|
|
#endif
|
1591 |
|
|
|
1592 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1593 |
|
|
}
|
1594 |
|
|
|
1595 |
|
|
/* We would like either a $DEBUG$ or $PINFO$ section.
|
1596 |
|
|
Once we know which, we can understand the header
|
1597 |
|
|
data (which we have defined to suit the more common
|
1598 |
|
|
$DEBUG$ case). */
|
1599 |
|
|
debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$DEBUG$");
|
1600 |
|
|
pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$PINFO$");
|
1601 |
|
|
if (debug_section)
|
1602 |
|
|
{
|
1603 |
|
|
/* The expected case: normal pxdb header. */
|
1604 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, header_section,
|
1605 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header));
|
1606 |
|
|
|
1607 |
|
|
if (!pxdb_header_p->pxdbed)
|
1608 |
|
|
{
|
1609 |
|
|
/* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
|
1610 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1611 |
|
|
} /* DEBUG section */
|
1612 |
|
|
}
|
1613 |
|
|
|
1614 |
|
|
else if (pinfo_section)
|
1615 |
|
|
{
|
1616 |
|
|
/* The DOC case; we need to translate this into a
|
1617 |
|
|
regular header. */
|
1618 |
|
|
DOC_info_PXDB_header doc_header;
|
1619 |
|
|
|
1620 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1621 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1622 |
|
|
{
|
1623 |
|
|
printf ("==OOps, PINFO, let's try to handle this, %s.\n", objfile->name);
|
1624 |
|
|
}
|
1625 |
|
|
#endif
|
1626 |
|
|
|
1627 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd,
|
1628 |
|
|
header_section,
|
1629 |
|
|
&doc_header, 0,
|
1630 |
|
|
sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
|
1631 |
|
|
|
1632 |
|
|
if (!doc_header.pxdbed)
|
1633 |
|
|
{
|
1634 |
|
|
/* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
|
1635 |
|
|
warning ("File \"%s\" not processed by pxdb!", objfile->name);
|
1636 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1637 |
|
|
}
|
1638 |
|
|
|
1639 |
|
|
/* Copy relevent fields to standard header passed in. */
|
1640 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->pd_entries = doc_header.pd_entries;
|
1641 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->fd_entries = doc_header.fd_entries;
|
1642 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->md_entries = doc_header.md_entries;
|
1643 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->pxdbed = doc_header.pxdbed;
|
1644 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->bighdr = doc_header.bighdr;
|
1645 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->sa_header = doc_header.sa_header;
|
1646 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->inlined = doc_header.inlined;
|
1647 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->globals = doc_header.globals;
|
1648 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->time = doc_header.time;
|
1649 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->pg_entries = doc_header.pg_entries;
|
1650 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->functions = doc_header.functions;
|
1651 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->files = doc_header.files;
|
1652 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->cd_entries = doc_header.cd_entries;
|
1653 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->aa_entries = doc_header.aa_entries;
|
1654 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->oi_entries = doc_header.oi_entries;
|
1655 |
|
|
pxdb_header_p->version = doc_header.version;
|
1656 |
|
|
} /* PINFO section */
|
1657 |
|
|
|
1658 |
|
|
else
|
1659 |
|
|
{
|
1660 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1661 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1662 |
|
|
printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
|
1663 |
|
|
#endif
|
1664 |
|
|
|
1665 |
|
|
return 0;
|
1666 |
|
|
|
1667 |
|
|
}
|
1668 |
|
|
|
1669 |
|
|
return 1;
|
1670 |
|
|
} /* End of hpread_get_header */
|
1671 |
|
|
#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
|
1672 |
|
|
|
1673 |
|
|
|
1674 |
|
|
/* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE.
|
1675 |
|
|
|
1676 |
|
|
Its only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private
|
1677 |
|
|
per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug
|
1678 |
|
|
sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data
|
1679 |
|
|
structures).
|
1680 |
|
|
|
1681 |
|
|
Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent
|
1682 |
|
|
way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may
|
1683 |
|
|
be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols.
|
1684 |
|
|
|
1685 |
|
|
FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment
|
1686 |
|
|
here. */
|
1687 |
|
|
void
|
1688 |
|
|
hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile)
|
1689 |
|
|
{
|
1690 |
|
|
asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section;
|
1691 |
|
|
|
1692 |
|
|
/* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */
|
1693 |
|
|
objfile->sym_private = (PTR)
|
1694 |
|
|
xmmalloc (objfile->md, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
|
1695 |
|
|
memset (objfile->sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
|
1696 |
|
|
|
1697 |
|
|
/* We haven't read in any types yet. */
|
1698 |
|
|
DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0;
|
1699 |
|
|
|
1700 |
|
|
/* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */
|
1701 |
|
|
gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$");
|
1702 |
|
|
if (!gntt_section)
|
1703 |
|
|
return;
|
1704 |
|
|
|
1705 |
|
|
GNTT (objfile)
|
1706 |
|
|
= obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
1707 |
|
|
bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
|
1708 |
|
|
|
1709 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile),
|
1710 |
|
|
0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
|
1711 |
|
|
|
1712 |
|
|
GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
|
1713 |
|
|
= bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)
|
1714 |
|
|
/ sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
|
1715 |
|
|
|
1716 |
|
|
/* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number
|
1717 |
|
|
of LNTT symbols.
|
1718 |
|
|
|
1719 |
|
|
FIXME: this could be moved into the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
|
1720 |
|
|
code, and save startup time. At the moment this data is
|
1721 |
|
|
still used, though. We'd need a way to tell hp-symtab-read.c
|
1722 |
|
|
whether or not to load the LNTT. */
|
1723 |
|
|
lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$");
|
1724 |
|
|
if (!lntt_section)
|
1725 |
|
|
return;
|
1726 |
|
|
|
1727 |
|
|
LNTT (objfile)
|
1728 |
|
|
= obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
1729 |
|
|
bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
|
1730 |
|
|
|
1731 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile),
|
1732 |
|
|
0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
|
1733 |
|
|
|
1734 |
|
|
LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
|
1735 |
|
|
= bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)
|
1736 |
|
|
/ sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
|
1737 |
|
|
|
1738 |
|
|
/* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information
|
1739 |
|
|
on source line numbers. */
|
1740 |
|
|
slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$");
|
1741 |
|
|
if (!slt_section)
|
1742 |
|
|
return;
|
1743 |
|
|
|
1744 |
|
|
SLT (objfile) =
|
1745 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
1746 |
|
|
bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
|
1747 |
|
|
|
1748 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile),
|
1749 |
|
|
0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
|
1750 |
|
|
|
1751 |
|
|
/* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like
|
1752 |
|
|
names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */
|
1753 |
|
|
vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$");
|
1754 |
|
|
if (!vt_section)
|
1755 |
|
|
return;
|
1756 |
|
|
|
1757 |
|
|
VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section);
|
1758 |
|
|
|
1759 |
|
|
VT (objfile) =
|
1760 |
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
1761 |
|
|
VT_SIZE (objfile));
|
1762 |
|
|
|
1763 |
|
|
bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile),
|
1764 |
|
|
0, VT_SIZE (objfile));
|
1765 |
|
|
}
|
1766 |
|
|
|
1767 |
|
|
/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
|
1768 |
|
|
|
1769 |
|
|
The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been
|
1770 |
|
|
read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the
|
1771 |
|
|
native debugging information.
|
1772 |
|
|
|
1773 |
|
|
Note that the minimal table is produced by the linker, and has
|
1774 |
|
|
only global routines in it; the psymtab is based on compiler-
|
1775 |
|
|
generated debug information and has non-global
|
1776 |
|
|
routines in it as well as files and class information.
|
1777 |
|
|
|
1778 |
|
|
We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the
|
1779 |
|
|
symbol reader's private data structures.
|
1780 |
|
|
|
1781 |
|
|
MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol table (as
|
1782 |
|
|
opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */
|
1783 |
|
|
|
1784 |
|
|
void
|
1785 |
|
|
hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline)
|
1786 |
|
|
{
|
1787 |
|
|
|
1788 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1789 |
|
|
/* Turn this on to get debugging output. */
|
1790 |
|
|
static int dumping = 0;
|
1791 |
|
|
#endif
|
1792 |
|
|
|
1793 |
|
|
char *namestring;
|
1794 |
|
|
int past_first_source_file = 0;
|
1795 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
1796 |
|
|
|
1797 |
|
|
int hp_symnum, symcount, i;
|
1798 |
|
|
int scan_start = 0;
|
1799 |
|
|
|
1800 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
|
1801 |
|
|
unsigned long valu;
|
1802 |
|
|
char *p;
|
1803 |
|
|
int texthigh = 0;
|
1804 |
|
|
int have_name = 0;
|
1805 |
|
|
|
1806 |
|
|
/* Current partial symtab */
|
1807 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
1808 |
|
|
|
1809 |
|
|
/* List of current psymtab's include files */
|
1810 |
|
|
char **psymtab_include_list;
|
1811 |
|
|
int includes_allocated;
|
1812 |
|
|
int includes_used;
|
1813 |
|
|
|
1814 |
|
|
/* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
|
1815 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
|
1816 |
|
|
int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
|
1817 |
|
|
|
1818 |
|
|
/* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */
|
1819 |
|
|
free_pending_blocks ();
|
1820 |
|
|
make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
|
1821 |
|
|
|
1822 |
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
1823 |
|
|
|
1824 |
|
|
/* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids
|
1825 |
|
|
a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes
|
1826 |
|
|
in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */
|
1827 |
|
|
|
1828 |
|
|
includes_allocated = 30;
|
1829 |
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
1830 |
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
|
1831 |
|
|
sizeof (char *));
|
1832 |
|
|
|
1833 |
|
|
dependencies_allocated = 30;
|
1834 |
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
1835 |
|
|
dependency_list =
|
1836 |
|
|
(struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
|
1837 |
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
1838 |
|
|
|
1839 |
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile);
|
1840 |
|
|
|
1841 |
|
|
last_source_file = 0;
|
1842 |
|
|
|
1843 |
|
|
#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
|
1844 |
|
|
{
|
1845 |
|
|
/* Begin code for new-style loading of quick look-up tables. */
|
1846 |
|
|
|
1847 |
|
|
/* elz: this checks whether the file has beeen processed by pxdb.
|
1848 |
|
|
If not we would like to try to read the psymbols in
|
1849 |
|
|
anyway, but it turns out to be not so easy. So this could
|
1850 |
|
|
actually be commented out, but I leave it in, just in case
|
1851 |
|
|
we decide to add support for non-pxdb-ed stuff in the future. */
|
1852 |
|
|
PXDB_header pxdb_header;
|
1853 |
|
|
int found_modules_in_program;
|
1854 |
|
|
|
1855 |
|
|
if (hpread_get_header (objfile, &pxdb_header))
|
1856 |
|
|
{
|
1857 |
|
|
/* Build a minimal table. No types, no global variables,
|
1858 |
|
|
no include files.... */
|
1859 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1860 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1861 |
|
|
printf ("\nNew method for %s\n", objfile->name);
|
1862 |
|
|
#endif
|
1863 |
|
|
|
1864 |
|
|
/* elz: quick_traverse returns true if it found
|
1865 |
|
|
some modules in the main source file, other
|
1866 |
|
|
than those in end.c
|
1867 |
|
|
In C and C++, all the files have MODULES entries
|
1868 |
|
|
in the LNTT, and the quick table traverse is all
|
1869 |
|
|
based on finding these MODULES entries. Without
|
1870 |
|
|
those it cannot work.
|
1871 |
|
|
It happens that F77 programs don't have MODULES
|
1872 |
|
|
so the quick traverse gets confused. F90 programs
|
1873 |
|
|
have modules, and the quick method still works.
|
1874 |
|
|
So, if modules (other than those in end.c) are
|
1875 |
|
|
not found we give up on the quick table stuff,
|
1876 |
|
|
and fall back on the slower method */
|
1877 |
|
|
found_modules_in_program = hpread_quick_traverse (objfile,
|
1878 |
|
|
GNTT (objfile),
|
1879 |
|
|
VT (objfile),
|
1880 |
|
|
&pxdb_header);
|
1881 |
|
|
|
1882 |
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
1883 |
|
|
|
1884 |
|
|
/* Set up to scan the global section of the LNTT.
|
1885 |
|
|
|
1886 |
|
|
This field is not always correct: if there are
|
1887 |
|
|
no globals, it will point to the last record in
|
1888 |
|
|
the regular LNTT, which is usually an END MODULE.
|
1889 |
|
|
|
1890 |
|
|
Since it might happen that there could be a file
|
1891 |
|
|
with just one global record, there's no way to
|
1892 |
|
|
tell other than by looking at the record, so that's
|
1893 |
|
|
done below. */
|
1894 |
|
|
if (found_modules_in_program)
|
1895 |
|
|
scan_start = pxdb_header.globals;
|
1896 |
|
|
}
|
1897 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
1898 |
|
|
else
|
1899 |
|
|
{
|
1900 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
1901 |
|
|
printf ("\nGoing on to old method for %s\n", objfile->name);
|
1902 |
|
|
}
|
1903 |
|
|
#endif
|
1904 |
|
|
}
|
1905 |
|
|
#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
|
1906 |
|
|
|
1907 |
|
|
/* Make two passes, one over the GNTT symbols, the other for the
|
1908 |
|
|
LNTT symbols.
|
1909 |
|
|
|
1910 |
|
|
JB comment: above isn't true--they only make one pass, over
|
1911 |
|
|
the LNTT. */
|
1912 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 1; i++)
|
1913 |
|
|
{
|
1914 |
|
|
int within_function = 0;
|
1915 |
|
|
|
1916 |
|
|
if (i)
|
1917 |
|
|
symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
|
1918 |
|
|
else
|
1919 |
|
|
symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
|
1920 |
|
|
|
1921 |
|
|
|
1922 |
|
|
for (hp_symnum = scan_start; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++)
|
1923 |
|
|
{
|
1924 |
|
|
QUIT;
|
1925 |
|
|
if (i)
|
1926 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
|
1927 |
|
|
else
|
1928 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
|
1929 |
|
|
|
1930 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
|
1931 |
|
|
continue;
|
1932 |
|
|
|
1933 |
|
|
/* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols.
|
1934 |
|
|
everything else is ignored. */
|
1935 |
|
|
switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
|
1936 |
|
|
{
|
1937 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
|
1938 |
|
|
{
|
1939 |
|
|
#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
|
1940 |
|
|
if (scan_start == hp_symnum
|
1941 |
|
|
&& symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
|
1942 |
|
|
{
|
1943 |
|
|
/* If there are NO globals in an executable,
|
1944 |
|
|
PXDB's index to the globals will point to
|
1945 |
|
|
the last record in the file, which
|
1946 |
|
|
could be this record. (this happened for F77 libraries)
|
1947 |
|
|
ignore it and be done! */
|
1948 |
|
|
continue;
|
1949 |
|
|
}
|
1950 |
|
|
#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
|
1951 |
|
|
|
1952 |
|
|
/* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply
|
1953 |
|
|
be an included file. */
|
1954 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
1955 |
|
|
|
1956 |
|
|
/* Check if this is the source file we are already working
|
1957 |
|
|
with. */
|
1958 |
|
|
if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename))
|
1959 |
|
|
continue;
|
1960 |
|
|
|
1961 |
|
|
/* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have
|
1962 |
|
|
already seen it. Add it to the include list */
|
1963 |
|
|
p = strrchr (namestring, '.');
|
1964 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (p, ".h"))
|
1965 |
|
|
{
|
1966 |
|
|
int j, found;
|
1967 |
|
|
|
1968 |
|
|
found = 0;
|
1969 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++)
|
1970 |
|
|
if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j]))
|
1971 |
|
|
{
|
1972 |
|
|
found = 1;
|
1973 |
|
|
break;
|
1974 |
|
|
}
|
1975 |
|
|
if (found)
|
1976 |
|
|
continue;
|
1977 |
|
|
|
1978 |
|
|
/* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and
|
1979 |
|
|
allocate more include space if necessary. */
|
1980 |
|
|
psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
|
1981 |
|
|
if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
|
1982 |
|
|
{
|
1983 |
|
|
char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
|
1984 |
|
|
|
1985 |
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **)
|
1986 |
|
|
alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
|
1987 |
|
|
sizeof (char *));
|
1988 |
|
|
memcpy ((PTR) psymtab_include_list, (PTR) orig,
|
1989 |
|
|
includes_used * sizeof (char *));
|
1990 |
|
|
}
|
1991 |
|
|
continue;
|
1992 |
|
|
}
|
1993 |
|
|
|
1994 |
|
|
if (pst)
|
1995 |
|
|
{
|
1996 |
|
|
if (!have_name)
|
1997 |
|
|
{
|
1998 |
|
|
pst->filename = (char *)
|
1999 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->psymbol_obstack,
|
2000 |
|
|
strlen (namestring) + 1);
|
2001 |
|
|
strcpy (pst->filename, namestring);
|
2002 |
|
|
have_name = 1;
|
2003 |
|
|
continue;
|
2004 |
|
|
}
|
2005 |
|
|
continue;
|
2006 |
|
|
}
|
2007 |
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
/* This is a bonafide new source file.
|
2009 |
|
|
End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */
|
2010 |
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
if (pst && past_first_source_file)
|
2012 |
|
|
{
|
2013 |
|
|
hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list,
|
2014 |
|
|
includes_used,
|
2015 |
|
|
(hp_symnum
|
2016 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2017 |
|
|
texthigh,
|
2018 |
|
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used);
|
2019 |
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
2020 |
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
2021 |
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
2022 |
|
|
}
|
2023 |
|
|
else
|
2024 |
|
|
past_first_source_file = 1;
|
2025 |
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
|
2027 |
|
|
valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2028 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
2029 |
|
|
namestring, valu,
|
2030 |
|
|
(hp_symnum
|
2031 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2032 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
2033 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
2034 |
|
|
texthigh = valu;
|
2035 |
|
|
have_name = 1;
|
2036 |
|
|
continue;
|
2037 |
|
|
}
|
2038 |
|
|
|
2039 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
2040 |
|
|
/* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the
|
2041 |
|
|
real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE
|
2042 |
|
|
is supposed to be. */
|
2043 |
|
|
|
2044 |
|
|
/* First end the previous psymtab */
|
2045 |
|
|
if (pst)
|
2046 |
|
|
{
|
2047 |
|
|
hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
2048 |
|
|
((hp_symnum - 1)
|
2049 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2050 |
|
|
texthigh,
|
2051 |
|
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used);
|
2052 |
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
2053 |
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
2054 |
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
2055 |
|
|
have_name = 0;
|
2056 |
|
|
}
|
2057 |
|
|
|
2058 |
|
|
/* Now begin a new module and a new psymtab for it */
|
2059 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2060 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
|
2061 |
|
|
valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2062 |
|
|
if (!pst)
|
2063 |
|
|
{
|
2064 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
2065 |
|
|
namestring, valu,
|
2066 |
|
|
(hp_symnum
|
2067 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2068 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
2069 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
2070 |
|
|
texthigh = valu;
|
2071 |
|
|
have_name = 0;
|
2072 |
|
|
}
|
2073 |
|
|
continue;
|
2074 |
|
|
|
2075 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
2076 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
|
2077 |
|
|
/* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote
|
2078 |
|
|
a secondary entry point. */
|
2079 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
|
2080 |
|
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2081 |
|
|
if (valu > texthigh)
|
2082 |
|
|
texthigh = valu;
|
2083 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr +
|
2084 |
|
|
ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2085 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2086 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
|
2087 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2088 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
2089 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
|
2090 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2091 |
|
|
else
|
2092 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2093 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
2094 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
|
2095 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2096 |
|
|
within_function = 1;
|
2097 |
|
|
continue;
|
2098 |
|
|
|
2099 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
|
2100 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
|
2101 |
|
|
SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2102 |
|
|
if (valu > texthigh)
|
2103 |
|
|
texthigh = valu;
|
2104 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr +
|
2105 |
|
|
ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2106 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2107 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
|
2108 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2109 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
2110 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
|
2111 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2112 |
|
|
else
|
2113 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2114 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
2115 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
|
2116 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2117 |
|
|
within_function = 1;
|
2118 |
|
|
continue;
|
2119 |
|
|
|
2120 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
2121 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
|
2122 |
|
|
/* We don't check MODULE end here, because there can be
|
2123 |
|
|
symbols beyond the module end which properly belong to the
|
2124 |
|
|
current psymtab -- so we wait till the next MODULE start */
|
2125 |
|
|
|
2126 |
|
|
|
2127 |
|
|
#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
|
2128 |
|
|
if (scan_start == hp_symnum
|
2129 |
|
|
&& symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
|
2130 |
|
|
{
|
2131 |
|
|
/* If there are NO globals in an executable,
|
2132 |
|
|
PXDB's index to the globals will point to
|
2133 |
|
|
the last record in the file, which is
|
2134 |
|
|
probably an END MODULE, i.e. this record.
|
2135 |
|
|
ignore it and be done! */
|
2136 |
|
|
continue;
|
2137 |
|
|
}
|
2138 |
|
|
#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
|
2139 |
|
|
|
2140 |
|
|
/* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function
|
2141 |
|
|
and file blocks right now. */
|
2142 |
|
|
|
2143 |
|
|
if ((dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
|
2144 |
|
|
(dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
|
2145 |
|
|
within_function = 0;
|
2146 |
|
|
continue;
|
2147 |
|
|
|
2148 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
|
2149 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
|
2150 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
|
2151 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
|
2152 |
|
|
{
|
2153 |
|
|
/* Variables, typedefs an the like. */
|
2154 |
|
|
enum address_class storage;
|
2155 |
|
|
namespace_enum namespace;
|
2156 |
|
|
|
2157 |
|
|
/* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */
|
2158 |
|
|
if (within_function
|
2159 |
|
|
&& (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR
|
2160 |
|
|
|| dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR))
|
2161 |
|
|
continue;
|
2162 |
|
|
|
2163 |
|
|
/* TAGDEFs go into the structure namespace. */
|
2164 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
|
2165 |
|
|
namespace = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
|
2166 |
|
|
else
|
2167 |
|
|
namespace = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
2168 |
|
|
|
2169 |
|
|
/* What kind of "storage" does this use? */
|
2170 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
|
2171 |
|
|
storage = LOC_STATIC;
|
2172 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR
|
2173 |
|
|
&& dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
|
2174 |
|
|
storage = LOC_REGISTER;
|
2175 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
|
2176 |
|
|
storage = LOC_LOCAL;
|
2177 |
|
|
else
|
2178 |
|
|
storage = LOC_UNDEF;
|
2179 |
|
|
|
2180 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2181 |
|
|
if (!pst)
|
2182 |
|
|
{
|
2183 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
2184 |
|
|
"globals", 0,
|
2185 |
|
|
(hp_symnum
|
2186 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2187 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
2188 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
2189 |
|
|
}
|
2190 |
|
|
|
2191 |
|
|
/* Compute address of the data symbol */
|
2192 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->dsvar.location;
|
2193 |
|
|
/* Relocate in case it's in a shared library */
|
2194 |
|
|
if (storage == LOC_STATIC)
|
2195 |
|
|
valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
2196 |
|
|
|
2197 |
|
|
/* Luckily, dvar, svar, typedef, and tagdef all
|
2198 |
|
|
have their "global" bit in the same place, so it works
|
2199 |
|
|
(though it's bad programming practice) to reference
|
2200 |
|
|
"dsvar.global" even though we may be looking at
|
2201 |
|
|
any of the above four types. */
|
2202 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
|
2203 |
|
|
{
|
2204 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2205 |
|
|
namespace, storage,
|
2206 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
2207 |
|
|
valu,
|
2208 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2209 |
|
|
}
|
2210 |
|
|
else
|
2211 |
|
|
{
|
2212 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2213 |
|
|
namespace, storage,
|
2214 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
2215 |
|
|
valu,
|
2216 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2217 |
|
|
}
|
2218 |
|
|
|
2219 |
|
|
/* For TAGDEF's, the above code added the tagname to the
|
2220 |
|
|
struct namespace. This will cause tag "t" to be found
|
2221 |
|
|
on a reference of the form "(struct t) x". But for
|
2222 |
|
|
C++ classes, "t" will also be a typename, which we
|
2223 |
|
|
want to find on a reference of the form "ptype t".
|
2224 |
|
|
Therefore, we also add "t" to the var namespace.
|
2225 |
|
|
Do the same for enum's due to the way aCC generates
|
2226 |
|
|
debug info for these (see more extended comment
|
2227 |
|
|
in hp-symtab-read.c).
|
2228 |
|
|
We do the same for templates, so that "ptype t"
|
2229 |
|
|
where "t" is a template also works. */
|
2230 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF &&
|
2231 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
|
2232 |
|
|
{
|
2233 |
|
|
int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
|
2234 |
|
|
/* Look ahead to see if it's a C++ class */
|
2235 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
2236 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
|
2237 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
|
2238 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
2239 |
|
|
{
|
2240 |
|
|
if (global)
|
2241 |
|
|
{
|
2242 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2243 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
|
2244 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols,
|
2245 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
|
2246 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2247 |
|
|
}
|
2248 |
|
|
else
|
2249 |
|
|
{
|
2250 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2251 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
|
2252 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols,
|
2253 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
|
2254 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2255 |
|
|
}
|
2256 |
|
|
}
|
2257 |
|
|
}
|
2258 |
|
|
}
|
2259 |
|
|
continue;
|
2260 |
|
|
|
2261 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
|
2262 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
|
2263 |
|
|
/* Constants and members of enumerated types. */
|
2264 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2265 |
|
|
if (!pst)
|
2266 |
|
|
{
|
2267 |
|
|
pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
|
2268 |
|
|
"globals", 0,
|
2269 |
|
|
(hp_symnum
|
2270 |
|
|
* sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
|
2271 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next,
|
2272 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next);
|
2273 |
|
|
}
|
2274 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dconst.global)
|
2275 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2276 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
|
2277 |
|
|
&objfile->global_psymbols, 0,
|
2278 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2279 |
|
|
else
|
2280 |
|
|
add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
|
2281 |
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
|
2282 |
|
|
&objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
|
2283 |
|
|
0, language_unknown, objfile);
|
2284 |
|
|
continue;
|
2285 |
|
|
default:
|
2286 |
|
|
continue;
|
2287 |
|
|
}
|
2288 |
|
|
}
|
2289 |
|
|
}
|
2290 |
|
|
|
2291 |
|
|
/* End any pending partial symbol table. */
|
2292 |
|
|
if (pst)
|
2293 |
|
|
{
|
2294 |
|
|
hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
2295 |
|
|
hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
2296 |
|
|
0, dependency_list, dependencies_used);
|
2297 |
|
|
}
|
2298 |
|
|
|
2299 |
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
2300 |
|
|
}
|
2301 |
|
|
|
2302 |
|
|
/* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular
|
2303 |
|
|
objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information
|
2304 |
|
|
for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the
|
2305 |
|
|
objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */
|
2306 |
|
|
|
2307 |
|
|
void
|
2308 |
|
|
hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile)
|
2309 |
|
|
{
|
2310 |
|
|
if (objfile->sym_private != NULL)
|
2311 |
|
|
{
|
2312 |
|
|
xmfree (objfile->md, objfile->sym_private);
|
2313 |
|
|
}
|
2314 |
|
|
}
|
2315 |
|
|
|
2316 |
|
|
|
2317 |
|
|
/* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */
|
2318 |
|
|
|
2319 |
|
|
/* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */
|
2320 |
|
|
|
2321 |
|
|
union dnttentry *
|
2322 |
|
|
hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2323 |
|
|
{
|
2324 |
|
|
return (union dnttentry *)
|
2325 |
|
|
&(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
|
2326 |
|
|
}
|
2327 |
|
|
|
2328 |
|
|
static union dnttentry *
|
2329 |
|
|
hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2330 |
|
|
{
|
2331 |
|
|
return (union dnttentry *)
|
2332 |
|
|
&(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
|
2333 |
|
|
}
|
2334 |
|
|
|
2335 |
|
|
union sltentry *
|
2336 |
|
|
hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2337 |
|
|
{
|
2338 |
|
|
return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]);
|
2339 |
|
|
}
|
2340 |
|
|
|
2341 |
|
|
/* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start
|
2342 |
|
|
of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not
|
2343 |
|
|
stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we
|
2344 |
|
|
must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */
|
2345 |
|
|
|
2346 |
|
|
static unsigned long
|
2347 |
|
|
hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile,
|
2348 |
|
|
int symcount)
|
2349 |
|
|
{
|
2350 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
|
2351 |
|
|
struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
|
2352 |
|
|
|
2353 |
|
|
/* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */
|
2354 |
|
|
if (index < symcount) /* symcount is the number of symbols in */
|
2355 |
|
|
{ /* the dbinfo, LNTT table */
|
2356 |
|
|
do
|
2357 |
|
|
{
|
2358 |
|
|
if (global)
|
2359 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile);
|
2360 |
|
|
else
|
2361 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile);
|
2362 |
|
|
}
|
2363 |
|
|
while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION
|
2364 |
|
|
&& dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION
|
2365 |
|
|
&& dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END
|
2366 |
|
|
&& index < symcount);
|
2367 |
|
|
}
|
2368 |
|
|
|
2369 |
|
|
/* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This
|
2370 |
|
|
might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */
|
2371 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END)
|
2372 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2373 |
|
|
|
2374 |
|
|
/* Avoid going past the end of the LNTT file */
|
2375 |
|
|
if (index == symcount)
|
2376 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2377 |
|
|
|
2378 |
|
|
/* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */
|
2379 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION)
|
2380 |
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
|
2381 |
|
|
objfile);
|
2382 |
|
|
else /* must be a DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION */
|
2383 |
|
|
msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
|
2384 |
|
|
objfile);
|
2385 |
|
|
|
2386 |
|
|
if (msymbol)
|
2387 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
|
2388 |
|
|
else
|
2389 |
|
|
return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr;
|
2390 |
|
|
}
|
2391 |
|
|
|
2392 |
|
|
/* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be
|
2393 |
|
|
completely filled at the end of the symbol list.
|
2394 |
|
|
|
2395 |
|
|
SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR
|
2396 |
|
|
is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0
|
2397 |
|
|
(normal). */
|
2398 |
|
|
|
2399 |
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *
|
2400 |
|
|
hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename,
|
2401 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff,
|
2402 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **global_syms,
|
2403 |
|
|
struct partial_symbol **static_syms)
|
2404 |
|
|
{
|
2405 |
|
|
int offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2406 |
|
|
extern void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab ();
|
2407 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *result =
|
2408 |
|
|
start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
|
2409 |
|
|
filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms);
|
2410 |
|
|
|
2411 |
|
|
result->textlow += offset;
|
2412 |
|
|
result->read_symtab_private = (char *)
|
2413 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc));
|
2414 |
|
|
LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff;
|
2415 |
|
|
result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
2416 |
|
|
|
2417 |
|
|
return result;
|
2418 |
|
|
}
|
2419 |
|
|
|
2420 |
|
|
|
2421 |
|
|
/* Close off the current usage of PST.
|
2422 |
|
|
Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away.
|
2423 |
|
|
|
2424 |
|
|
capping_symbol_offset --Byte index in LNTT or GNTT of the
|
2425 |
|
|
last symbol processed during the build
|
2426 |
|
|
of the previous pst.
|
2427 |
|
|
|
2428 |
|
|
FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */
|
2429 |
|
|
|
2430 |
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *
|
2431 |
|
|
hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list,
|
2432 |
|
|
int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset,
|
2433 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR capping_text,
|
2434 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list,
|
2435 |
|
|
int number_dependencies)
|
2436 |
|
|
{
|
2437 |
|
|
int i;
|
2438 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile;
|
2439 |
|
|
int offset = ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2440 |
|
|
|
2441 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
2442 |
|
|
/* Turn on to see what kind of a psymtab we've built. */
|
2443 |
|
|
static int dumping = 0;
|
2444 |
|
|
#endif
|
2445 |
|
|
|
2446 |
|
|
if (capping_symbol_offset != -1)
|
2447 |
|
|
LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst);
|
2448 |
|
|
else
|
2449 |
|
|
LDSYMLEN (pst) = 0;
|
2450 |
|
|
pst->texthigh = capping_text + offset;
|
2451 |
|
|
|
2452 |
|
|
pst->n_global_syms =
|
2453 |
|
|
objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset);
|
2454 |
|
|
pst->n_static_syms =
|
2455 |
|
|
objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
|
2456 |
|
|
|
2457 |
|
|
#ifdef DUMPING
|
2458 |
|
|
if (dumping)
|
2459 |
|
|
{
|
2460 |
|
|
printf ("\nPst %s, LDSYMOFF %x (%x), LDSYMLEN %x (%x), globals %d, statics %d\n",
|
2461 |
|
|
pst->filename,
|
2462 |
|
|
LDSYMOFF (pst),
|
2463 |
|
|
LDSYMOFF (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
2464 |
|
|
LDSYMLEN (pst),
|
2465 |
|
|
LDSYMLEN (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
|
2466 |
|
|
pst->n_global_syms, pst->n_static_syms);
|
2467 |
|
|
}
|
2468 |
|
|
#endif
|
2469 |
|
|
|
2470 |
|
|
pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies;
|
2471 |
|
|
if (number_dependencies)
|
2472 |
|
|
{
|
2473 |
|
|
pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
|
2474 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
|
2475 |
|
|
number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
2476 |
|
|
memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list,
|
2477 |
|
|
number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
2478 |
|
|
}
|
2479 |
|
|
else
|
2480 |
|
|
pst->dependencies = 0;
|
2481 |
|
|
|
2482 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++)
|
2483 |
|
|
{
|
2484 |
|
|
struct partial_symtab *subpst =
|
2485 |
|
|
allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile);
|
2486 |
|
|
|
2487 |
|
|
subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets;
|
2488 |
|
|
subpst->read_symtab_private =
|
2489 |
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
|
2490 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symloc));
|
2491 |
|
|
LDSYMOFF (subpst) =
|
2492 |
|
|
LDSYMLEN (subpst) =
|
2493 |
|
|
subpst->textlow =
|
2494 |
|
|
subpst->texthigh = 0;
|
2495 |
|
|
|
2496 |
|
|
/* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these,
|
2497 |
|
|
shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */
|
2498 |
|
|
subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
|
2499 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
|
2500 |
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
2501 |
|
|
subpst->dependencies[0] = pst;
|
2502 |
|
|
subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1;
|
2503 |
|
|
|
2504 |
|
|
subpst->globals_offset =
|
2505 |
|
|
subpst->n_global_syms =
|
2506 |
|
|
subpst->statics_offset =
|
2507 |
|
|
subpst->n_static_syms = 0;
|
2508 |
|
|
|
2509 |
|
|
subpst->readin = 0;
|
2510 |
|
|
subpst->symtab = 0;
|
2511 |
|
|
subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab;
|
2512 |
|
|
}
|
2513 |
|
|
|
2514 |
|
|
sort_pst_symbols (pst);
|
2515 |
|
|
|
2516 |
|
|
/* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it.
|
2517 |
|
|
(If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.)
|
2518 |
|
|
This happens in VxWorks. */
|
2519 |
|
|
free_named_symtabs (pst->filename);
|
2520 |
|
|
|
2521 |
|
|
if (num_includes == 0
|
2522 |
|
|
&& number_dependencies == 0
|
2523 |
|
|
&& pst->n_global_syms == 0
|
2524 |
|
|
&& pst->n_static_syms == 0)
|
2525 |
|
|
{
|
2526 |
|
|
/* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since
|
2527 |
|
|
it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list.
|
2528 |
|
|
Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have
|
2529 |
|
|
any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check
|
2530 |
|
|
is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else
|
2531 |
|
|
is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing
|
2532 |
|
|
things down might be tricky.
|
2533 |
|
|
It's also wrong if we're using the quick look-up tables, as
|
2534 |
|
|
we can get empty psymtabs from modules with no routines in
|
2535 |
|
|
them. */
|
2536 |
|
|
|
2537 |
|
|
discard_psymtab (pst);
|
2538 |
|
|
|
2539 |
|
|
/* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */
|
2540 |
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL;
|
2541 |
|
|
|
2542 |
|
|
}
|
2543 |
|
|
return pst;
|
2544 |
|
|
}
|
2545 |
|
|
|
2546 |
|
|
|
2547 |
|
|
/* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */
|
2548 |
|
|
|
2549 |
|
|
static unsigned long
|
2550 |
|
|
hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2551 |
|
|
{
|
2552 |
|
|
union sltentry *sl_bufp;
|
2553 |
|
|
|
2554 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
|
2555 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index;
|
2556 |
|
|
}
|
2557 |
|
|
|
2558 |
|
|
/* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */
|
2559 |
|
|
|
2560 |
|
|
static unsigned long
|
2561 |
|
|
hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2562 |
|
|
{
|
2563 |
|
|
union sltentry *sl_bufp;
|
2564 |
|
|
|
2565 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
|
2566 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->snorm.line;
|
2567 |
|
|
}
|
2568 |
|
|
|
2569 |
|
|
/* Find the code address associated with a given sltpointer */
|
2570 |
|
|
|
2571 |
|
|
static CORE_ADDR
|
2572 |
|
|
hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
|
2573 |
|
|
{
|
2574 |
|
|
union sltentry *sl_bufp;
|
2575 |
|
|
int i;
|
2576 |
|
|
|
2577 |
|
|
/* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */
|
2578 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
|
2579 |
|
|
|
2580 |
|
|
if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END)
|
2581 |
|
|
{
|
2582 |
|
|
/* find previous normal sltentry and get address */
|
2583 |
|
|
for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
|
2584 |
|
|
(sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
|
2585 |
|
|
(sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
|
2586 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile);
|
2587 |
|
|
if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
|
2588 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
|
2589 |
|
|
else
|
2590 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
|
2591 |
|
|
}
|
2592 |
|
|
|
2593 |
|
|
/* find next normal sltentry and get address */
|
2594 |
|
|
for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
|
2595 |
|
|
(sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
|
2596 |
|
|
(sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
|
2597 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile);
|
2598 |
|
|
if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
|
2599 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
|
2600 |
|
|
else
|
2601 |
|
|
return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
|
2602 |
|
|
}
|
2603 |
|
|
|
2604 |
|
|
|
2605 |
|
|
/* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with
|
2606 |
|
|
* it, else return 0. (This function is not currently used, but I'll
|
2607 |
|
|
* leave it here in case it proves useful later on. - RT).
|
2608 |
|
|
*/
|
2609 |
|
|
|
2610 |
|
|
int
|
2611 |
|
|
hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind)
|
2612 |
|
|
{
|
2613 |
|
|
switch (kind)
|
2614 |
|
|
{
|
2615 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
|
2616 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
2617 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
2618 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
|
2619 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
|
2620 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
|
2621 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
|
2622 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
|
2623 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
|
2624 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
|
2625 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
|
2626 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
|
2627 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
|
2628 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
|
2629 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
|
2630 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
|
2631 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
|
2632 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
|
2633 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
|
2634 |
|
|
return 1;
|
2635 |
|
|
|
2636 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
2637 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
|
2638 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
|
2639 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
|
2640 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
|
2641 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
|
2642 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
|
2643 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
|
2644 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
|
2645 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
|
2646 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
|
2647 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
|
2648 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
|
2649 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
|
2650 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
|
2651 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
|
2652 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
|
2653 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
|
2654 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
|
2655 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
|
2656 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
|
2657 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
|
2658 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
|
2659 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
|
2660 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
|
2661 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
|
2662 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
|
2663 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
|
2664 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
|
2665 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
|
2666 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
|
2667 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
|
2668 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
|
2669 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
|
2670 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC ? */
|
2671 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE ? */
|
2672 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT ? */
|
2673 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_INLN ? */
|
2674 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST ? */
|
2675 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS ? */
|
2676 |
|
|
default:
|
2677 |
|
|
return 0;
|
2678 |
|
|
}
|
2679 |
|
|
}
|
2680 |
|
|
|
2681 |
|
|
/* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol
|
2682 |
|
|
table. */
|
2683 |
|
|
|
2684 |
|
|
static void
|
2685 |
|
|
hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
2686 |
|
|
{
|
2687 |
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
2688 |
|
|
int i;
|
2689 |
|
|
|
2690 |
|
|
/* Get out quick if passed junk. */
|
2691 |
|
|
if (!pst)
|
2692 |
|
|
return;
|
2693 |
|
|
|
2694 |
|
|
/* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */
|
2695 |
|
|
if (pst->readin)
|
2696 |
|
|
{
|
2697 |
|
|
fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in."
|
2698 |
|
|
" Shouldn't happen.\n",
|
2699 |
|
|
pst->filename);
|
2700 |
|
|
return;
|
2701 |
|
|
}
|
2702 |
|
|
|
2703 |
|
|
/* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */
|
2704 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
|
2705 |
|
|
if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
|
2706 |
|
|
{
|
2707 |
|
|
/* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */
|
2708 |
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
2709 |
|
|
{
|
2710 |
|
|
fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
|
2711 |
|
|
wrap_here ("");
|
2712 |
|
|
fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
|
2713 |
|
|
wrap_here ("");
|
2714 |
|
|
printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
2715 |
|
|
wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
|
2716 |
|
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
2717 |
|
|
}
|
2718 |
|
|
hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]);
|
2719 |
|
|
}
|
2720 |
|
|
|
2721 |
|
|
/* If it's real... */
|
2722 |
|
|
if (LDSYMLEN (pst))
|
2723 |
|
|
{
|
2724 |
|
|
/* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */
|
2725 |
|
|
buildsym_init ();
|
2726 |
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
|
2727 |
|
|
|
2728 |
|
|
pst->symtab =
|
2729 |
|
|
hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst),
|
2730 |
|
|
pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow,
|
2731 |
|
|
pst->section_offsets, pst->filename);
|
2732 |
|
|
sort_symtab_syms (pst->symtab);
|
2733 |
|
|
|
2734 |
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
2735 |
|
|
}
|
2736 |
|
|
|
2737 |
|
|
pst->readin = 1;
|
2738 |
|
|
}
|
2739 |
|
|
|
2740 |
|
|
/* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real.
|
2741 |
|
|
Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */
|
2742 |
|
|
|
2743 |
|
|
void
|
2744 |
|
|
hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
|
2745 |
|
|
{
|
2746 |
|
|
/* Get out quick if given junk. */
|
2747 |
|
|
if (!pst)
|
2748 |
|
|
return;
|
2749 |
|
|
|
2750 |
|
|
/* Sanity check. */
|
2751 |
|
|
if (pst->readin)
|
2752 |
|
|
{
|
2753 |
|
|
fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in."
|
2754 |
|
|
" Shouldn't happen.\n",
|
2755 |
|
|
pst->filename);
|
2756 |
|
|
return;
|
2757 |
|
|
}
|
2758 |
|
|
|
2759 |
|
|
/* elz: setting the flag to indicate that the code of the target
|
2760 |
|
|
was compiled using an HP compiler (aCC, cc)
|
2761 |
|
|
the processing_acc_compilation variable is declared in the
|
2762 |
|
|
file buildsym.h, the HP_COMPILED_TARGET is defined to be equal
|
2763 |
|
|
to 3 in the file tm_hppa.h */
|
2764 |
|
|
|
2765 |
|
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
2766 |
|
|
|
2767 |
|
|
if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies)
|
2768 |
|
|
{
|
2769 |
|
|
/* Print the message now, before reading the string table,
|
2770 |
|
|
to avoid disconcerting pauses. */
|
2771 |
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
2772 |
|
|
{
|
2773 |
|
|
printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename);
|
2774 |
|
|
gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
|
2775 |
|
|
}
|
2776 |
|
|
|
2777 |
|
|
hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst);
|
2778 |
|
|
|
2779 |
|
|
/* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
|
2780 |
|
|
after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
|
2781 |
|
|
scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
|
2782 |
|
|
|
2783 |
|
|
/* Finish up the debug error message. */
|
2784 |
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
2785 |
|
|
printf_filtered ("done.\n");
|
2786 |
|
|
}
|
2787 |
|
|
}
|
2788 |
|
|
|
2789 |
|
|
/* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.
|
2790 |
|
|
|
2791 |
|
|
DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the
|
2792 |
|
|
beginning of the symtab
|
2793 |
|
|
SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of
|
2794 |
|
|
the beginning of the symbols we want to read
|
2795 |
|
|
SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in.
|
2796 |
|
|
TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for
|
2797 |
|
|
TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in.
|
2798 |
|
|
SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */
|
2799 |
|
|
|
2800 |
|
|
static struct symtab *
|
2801 |
|
|
hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size,
|
2802 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size,
|
2803 |
|
|
struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename)
|
2804 |
|
|
{
|
2805 |
|
|
char *namestring;
|
2806 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
|
2807 |
|
|
unsigned max_symnum;
|
2808 |
|
|
int at_module_boundary = 0;
|
2809 |
|
|
/* 1 => at end, -1 => at beginning */
|
2810 |
|
|
|
2811 |
|
|
int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
|
2812 |
|
|
|
2813 |
|
|
current_objfile = objfile;
|
2814 |
|
|
subfile_stack = 0;
|
2815 |
|
|
|
2816 |
|
|
last_source_file = 0;
|
2817 |
|
|
|
2818 |
|
|
/* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
|
2819 |
|
|
as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
|
2820 |
|
|
if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
|
2821 |
|
|
{
|
2822 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
|
2823 |
|
|
set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
|
2824 |
|
|
}
|
2825 |
|
|
|
2826 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile);
|
2827 |
|
|
if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) ||
|
2828 |
|
|
(dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE)))
|
2829 |
|
|
{
|
2830 |
|
|
start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0);
|
2831 |
|
|
record_debugformat ("HP");
|
2832 |
|
|
}
|
2833 |
|
|
|
2834 |
|
|
/* The psymtab builder (hp-psymtab-read.c) is the one that
|
2835 |
|
|
* determined the "sym_size" argument (i.e. how many DNTT symbols
|
2836 |
|
|
* are in this symtab), which we use to compute "max_symnum"
|
2837 |
|
|
* (point in DNTT to which we read).
|
2838 |
|
|
*
|
2839 |
|
|
* Perhaps this should be changed so that
|
2840 |
|
|
* process_one_debug_symbol() "knows" when
|
2841 |
|
|
* to stop reading (based on reading from the MODULE to the matching
|
2842 |
|
|
* END), and take out this reliance on a #-syms being passed in...
|
2843 |
|
|
* (I'm worried about the reliability of this number). But I'll
|
2844 |
|
|
* leave it as-is, for now. - RT
|
2845 |
|
|
*
|
2846 |
|
|
* The change above has been made. I've left the "for" loop control
|
2847 |
|
|
* in to prepare for backing this out again. -JB
|
2848 |
|
|
*/
|
2849 |
|
|
max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
|
2850 |
|
|
/* No reason to multiply on pst side and divide on sym side... FIXME */
|
2851 |
|
|
|
2852 |
|
|
/* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range.
|
2853 |
|
|
*/
|
2854 |
|
|
for (symnum = 0;
|
2855 |
|
|
symnum < max_symnum;
|
2856 |
|
|
symnum++)
|
2857 |
|
|
{
|
2858 |
|
|
QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */
|
2859 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile);
|
2860 |
|
|
|
2861 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
|
2862 |
|
|
continue;
|
2863 |
|
|
|
2864 |
|
|
/* Yow! We call SET_NAMESTRING on things without names! */
|
2865 |
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
|
2866 |
|
|
|
2867 |
|
|
hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets,
|
2868 |
|
|
objfile, text_offset, text_size,
|
2869 |
|
|
filename, symnum + sym_index,
|
2870 |
|
|
&at_module_boundary
|
2871 |
|
|
);
|
2872 |
|
|
|
2873 |
|
|
/* OLD COMMENTS: This routine is only called for psts. All psts
|
2874 |
|
|
* correspond to MODULES. If we ever do lazy-reading of globals
|
2875 |
|
|
* from the LNTT, then there will be a pst which ends when the
|
2876 |
|
|
* LNTT ends, and not at an END MODULE entry. Then we'll have
|
2877 |
|
|
* to re-visit this break.
|
2878 |
|
|
|
2879 |
|
|
if( at_end_of_module )
|
2880 |
|
|
break;
|
2881 |
|
|
|
2882 |
|
|
*/
|
2883 |
|
|
|
2884 |
|
|
/* We no longer break out of the loop when we reach the end of a
|
2885 |
|
|
module. The reason is that with CTTI, the compiler can generate
|
2886 |
|
|
function symbols (for template function instantiations) which are not
|
2887 |
|
|
in any module; typically they show up beyond a module's end, and
|
2888 |
|
|
before the next module's start. We include them in the current
|
2889 |
|
|
module. However, we still don't trust the MAX_SYMNUM value from
|
2890 |
|
|
the psymtab, so we break out if we enter a new module. */
|
2891 |
|
|
|
2892 |
|
|
if (at_module_boundary == -1)
|
2893 |
|
|
break;
|
2894 |
|
|
}
|
2895 |
|
|
|
2896 |
|
|
current_objfile = NULL;
|
2897 |
|
|
hp_som_som_object_present = 1; /* Indicate we've processed an HP SOM SOM file */
|
2898 |
|
|
|
2899 |
|
|
return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
2900 |
|
|
}
|
2901 |
|
|
|
2902 |
|
|
|
2903 |
|
|
|
2904 |
|
|
|
2905 |
|
|
/* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */
|
2906 |
|
|
|
2907 |
|
|
static int
|
2908 |
|
|
hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep)
|
2909 |
|
|
{
|
2910 |
|
|
if (!typep.dntti.immediate)
|
2911 |
|
|
{
|
2912 |
|
|
error ("error in hpread_type_translate\n.");
|
2913 |
|
|
return FT_VOID;
|
2914 |
|
|
}
|
2915 |
|
|
|
2916 |
|
|
switch (typep.dntti.type)
|
2917 |
|
|
{
|
2918 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
|
2919 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT:
|
2920 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT:
|
2921 |
|
|
return FT_BOOLEAN;
|
2922 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_CHAR: /* C signed char, C++ plain char */
|
2923 |
|
|
|
2924 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
|
2925 |
|
|
return FT_CHAR;
|
2926 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_INT:
|
2927 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
|
2928 |
|
|
return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char */
|
2929 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
|
2930 |
|
|
return FT_SHORT;
|
2931 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
|
2932 |
|
|
return FT_INTEGER;
|
2933 |
|
|
return FT_LONG_LONG;
|
2934 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_LONG:
|
2935 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
|
2936 |
|
|
return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char. */
|
2937 |
|
|
return FT_LONG;
|
2938 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
|
2939 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
|
2940 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; /* C/C++ unsigned char */
|
2941 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
|
2942 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
|
2943 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
|
2944 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG;
|
2945 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
|
2946 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT:
|
2947 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
|
2948 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
|
2949 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
|
2950 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
|
2951 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
|
2952 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER;
|
2953 |
|
|
return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
|
2954 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_REAL:
|
2955 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000:
|
2956 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE:
|
2957 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64)
|
2958 |
|
|
return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT;
|
2959 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
|
2960 |
|
|
return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT;
|
2961 |
|
|
return FT_FLOAT;
|
2962 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX:
|
2963 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000:
|
2964 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
|
2965 |
|
|
return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX;
|
2966 |
|
|
if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192)
|
2967 |
|
|
return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX;
|
2968 |
|
|
return FT_COMPLEX;
|
2969 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_VOID:
|
2970 |
|
|
return FT_VOID;
|
2971 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_STRING200:
|
2972 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200:
|
2973 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC:
|
2974 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC:
|
2975 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000:
|
2976 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT:
|
2977 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT:
|
2978 |
|
|
return FT_STRING;
|
2979 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
|
2980 |
|
|
return FT_TEMPLATE_ARG;
|
2981 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_TEXT:
|
2982 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_FLABEL:
|
2983 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_PACKED_DECIMAL:
|
2984 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_ANYPOINTER:
|
2985 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_GLOBAL_ANYPOINTER:
|
2986 |
|
|
case HP_TYPE_LOCAL_ANYPOINTER:
|
2987 |
|
|
default:
|
2988 |
|
|
warning ("hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.\n");
|
2989 |
|
|
return FT_VOID;
|
2990 |
|
|
}
|
2991 |
|
|
}
|
2992 |
|
|
|
2993 |
|
|
/* Given a position in the DNTT, return a pointer to the
|
2994 |
|
|
* already-built "struct type" (if any), for the type defined
|
2995 |
|
|
* at that position.
|
2996 |
|
|
*/
|
2997 |
|
|
|
2998 |
|
|
static struct type **
|
2999 |
|
|
hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
|
3000 |
|
|
{
|
3001 |
|
|
unsigned old_len;
|
3002 |
|
|
int index = hp_type.dnttp.index;
|
3003 |
|
|
int size_changed = 0;
|
3004 |
|
|
|
3005 |
|
|
/* The immediate flag indicates this doesn't actually point to
|
3006 |
|
|
* a type DNTT.
|
3007 |
|
|
*/
|
3008 |
|
|
if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
|
3009 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3010 |
|
|
|
3011 |
|
|
/* For each objfile, we maintain a "type vector".
|
3012 |
|
|
* This an array of "struct type *"'s with one pointer per DNTT index.
|
3013 |
|
|
* Given a DNTT index, we look in this array to see if we have
|
3014 |
|
|
* already processed this DNTT and if it is a type definition.
|
3015 |
|
|
* If so, then we can locate a pointer to the already-built
|
3016 |
|
|
* "struct type", and not build it again.
|
3017 |
|
|
*
|
3018 |
|
|
* The need for this arises because our DNTT-walking code wanders
|
3019 |
|
|
* around. In particular, it will encounter the same type multiple
|
3020 |
|
|
* times (once for each object of that type). We don't want to
|
3021 |
|
|
* built multiple "struct type"'s for the same thing.
|
3022 |
|
|
*
|
3023 |
|
|
* Having said this, I should point out that this type-vector is
|
3024 |
|
|
* an expensive way to keep track of this. If most DNTT entries are
|
3025 |
|
|
* 3 words, the type-vector will be 1/3 the size of the DNTT itself.
|
3026 |
|
|
* Alternative solutions:
|
3027 |
|
|
* - Keep a compressed or hashed table. Less memory, but more expensive
|
3028 |
|
|
* to search and update.
|
3029 |
|
|
* - (Suggested by JB): Overwrite the DNTT entry itself
|
3030 |
|
|
* with the info. Create a new type code "ALREADY_BUILT", and modify
|
3031 |
|
|
* the DNTT to have that type code and point to the already-built entry.
|
3032 |
|
|
* -RT
|
3033 |
|
|
*/
|
3034 |
|
|
|
3035 |
|
|
if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
|
3036 |
|
|
{
|
3037 |
|
|
if (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
|
3038 |
|
|
{
|
3039 |
|
|
old_len = DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile);
|
3040 |
|
|
|
3041 |
|
|
/* See if we need to allocate a type-vector. */
|
3042 |
|
|
if (old_len == 0)
|
3043 |
|
|
{
|
3044 |
|
|
DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) + GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
|
3045 |
|
|
DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
|
3046 |
|
|
xmmalloc (objfile->md, DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *));
|
3047 |
|
|
memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
|
3048 |
|
|
(DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
|
3049 |
|
|
sizeof (struct type *));
|
3050 |
|
|
}
|
3051 |
|
|
|
3052 |
|
|
/* See if we need to resize type-vector. With my change to
|
3053 |
|
|
* initially allocate a correct-size type-vector, this code
|
3054 |
|
|
* should no longer trigger.
|
3055 |
|
|
*/
|
3056 |
|
|
while (index >= DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
|
3057 |
|
|
{
|
3058 |
|
|
DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2;
|
3059 |
|
|
size_changed = 1;
|
3060 |
|
|
}
|
3061 |
|
|
if (size_changed)
|
3062 |
|
|
{
|
3063 |
|
|
DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
|
3064 |
|
|
xmrealloc (objfile->md,
|
3065 |
|
|
(char *) DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile),
|
3066 |
|
|
(DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)));
|
3067 |
|
|
|
3068 |
|
|
memset (&DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
|
3069 |
|
|
(DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
|
3070 |
|
|
sizeof (struct type *));
|
3071 |
|
|
}
|
3072 |
|
|
|
3073 |
|
|
}
|
3074 |
|
|
return &DNTT_TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index];
|
3075 |
|
|
}
|
3076 |
|
|
else
|
3077 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
3078 |
|
|
}
|
3079 |
|
|
|
3080 |
|
|
/* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE.
|
3081 |
|
|
Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already
|
3082 |
|
|
have it lying around. */
|
3083 |
|
|
|
3084 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
3085 |
|
|
hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
|
3086 |
|
|
{
|
3087 |
|
|
struct type **type_addr;
|
3088 |
|
|
|
3089 |
|
|
type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
3090 |
|
|
if (*type_addr == 0)
|
3091 |
|
|
{
|
3092 |
|
|
*type_addr = alloc_type (objfile);
|
3093 |
|
|
|
3094 |
|
|
/* A hack - if we really are a C++ class symbol, then this default
|
3095 |
|
|
* will get overriden later on.
|
3096 |
|
|
*/
|
3097 |
|
|
TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr)
|
3098 |
|
|
= (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
|
3099 |
|
|
}
|
3100 |
|
|
|
3101 |
|
|
return *type_addr;
|
3102 |
|
|
}
|
3103 |
|
|
|
3104 |
|
|
/* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */
|
3105 |
|
|
|
3106 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
3107 |
|
|
hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
3108 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
3109 |
|
|
{
|
3110 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
3111 |
|
|
struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms;
|
3112 |
|
|
struct pending *local_list = NULL;
|
3113 |
|
|
int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0;
|
3114 |
|
|
dnttpointer mem;
|
3115 |
|
|
union dnttentry *memp;
|
3116 |
|
|
char *name;
|
3117 |
|
|
long n;
|
3118 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3119 |
|
|
|
3120 |
|
|
/* Allocate a GDB type. If we've already read in this enum type,
|
3121 |
|
|
* it'll return the already built GDB type, so stop here.
|
3122 |
|
|
* (Note: I added this check, to conform with what's done for
|
3123 |
|
|
* struct, union, class.
|
3124 |
|
|
* I assume this is OK. - RT)
|
3125 |
|
|
*/
|
3126 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
3127 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
3128 |
|
|
return type;
|
3129 |
|
|
|
3130 |
|
|
/* HP C supports "sized enums", where a specifier such as "short" or
|
3131 |
|
|
"char" can be used to get enums of different sizes. So don't assume
|
3132 |
|
|
an enum is always 4 bytes long. pai/1997-08-21 */
|
3133 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->denum.bitlength / 8;
|
3134 |
|
|
|
3135 |
|
|
symlist = &file_symbols;
|
3136 |
|
|
osyms = *symlist;
|
3137 |
|
|
o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0;
|
3138 |
|
|
|
3139 |
|
|
/* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members.
|
3140 |
|
|
* The list of "mem" SOM records we are walking should all be
|
3141 |
|
|
* SOM type DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM (not checked).
|
3142 |
|
|
*/
|
3143 |
|
|
mem = dn_bufp->denum.firstmem;
|
3144 |
|
|
while (mem.word && mem.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3145 |
|
|
{
|
3146 |
|
|
memp = hpread_get_lntt (mem.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3147 |
|
|
|
3148 |
|
|
name = VT (objfile) + memp->dmember.name;
|
3149 |
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
3150 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3151 |
|
|
memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3152 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
3153 |
|
|
&objfile->symbol_obstack);
|
3154 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
3155 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
3156 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = memp->dmember.value;
|
3157 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist);
|
3158 |
|
|
nsyms++;
|
3159 |
|
|
mem = memp->dmember.nextmem;
|
3160 |
|
|
}
|
3161 |
|
|
|
3162 |
|
|
/* Now that we know more about the enum, fill in more info. */
|
3163 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
3164 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
|
3165 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
|
3166 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
3167 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
|
3168 |
|
|
|
3169 |
|
|
/* Find the symbols for the members and put them into the type.
|
3170 |
|
|
The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on
|
3171 |
|
|
to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value
|
3172 |
|
|
of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us.
|
3173 |
|
|
|
3174 |
|
|
Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so
|
3175 |
|
|
that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
|
3176 |
|
|
FOO, not LAST_THING. */
|
3177 |
|
|
for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
|
3178 |
|
|
{
|
3179 |
|
|
int j = 0;
|
3180 |
|
|
if (syms == osyms)
|
3181 |
|
|
j = o_nsyms;
|
3182 |
|
|
for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
|
3183 |
|
|
{
|
3184 |
|
|
struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
|
3185 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym) = type;
|
3186 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
|
3187 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (xsym);
|
3188 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
|
3189 |
|
|
}
|
3190 |
|
|
if (syms == osyms)
|
3191 |
|
|
break;
|
3192 |
|
|
}
|
3193 |
|
|
|
3194 |
|
|
return type;
|
3195 |
|
|
}
|
3196 |
|
|
|
3197 |
|
|
/* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */
|
3198 |
|
|
|
3199 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
3200 |
|
|
hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
3201 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
|
3202 |
|
|
{
|
3203 |
|
|
struct type *type, *type1;
|
3204 |
|
|
struct pending *syms;
|
3205 |
|
|
struct pending *local_list = NULL;
|
3206 |
|
|
int nsyms = 0;
|
3207 |
|
|
dnttpointer param;
|
3208 |
|
|
union dnttentry *paramp;
|
3209 |
|
|
char *name;
|
3210 |
|
|
long n;
|
3211 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3212 |
|
|
int record_args = 1;
|
3213 |
|
|
|
3214 |
|
|
/* See if we've already read in this type. */
|
3215 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
3216 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
3217 |
|
|
{
|
3218 |
|
|
record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
|
3219 |
|
|
}
|
3220 |
|
|
else
|
3221 |
|
|
{
|
3222 |
|
|
/* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
|
3223 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
|
3224 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
|
3225 |
|
|
type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval,
|
3226 |
|
|
objfile));
|
3227 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
|
3228 |
|
|
type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval,
|
3229 |
|
|
objfile));
|
3230 |
|
|
else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
|
3231 |
|
|
type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc_template.retval,
|
3232 |
|
|
objfile));
|
3233 |
|
|
replace_type (type, type1);
|
3234 |
|
|
|
3235 |
|
|
/* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
|
3236 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
|
3237 |
|
|
}
|
3238 |
|
|
|
3239 |
|
|
/* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
|
3240 |
|
|
wealth of other information. */
|
3241 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
|
3242 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
|
3243 |
|
|
param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam;
|
3244 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
|
3245 |
|
|
param = dn_bufp->dfunctype.firstparam;
|
3246 |
|
|
else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
|
3247 |
|
|
param = dn_bufp->dfunc_template.firstparam;
|
3248 |
|
|
while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3249 |
|
|
{
|
3250 |
|
|
paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3251 |
|
|
nsyms++;
|
3252 |
|
|
param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam;
|
3253 |
|
|
|
3254 |
|
|
/* Get the name. */
|
3255 |
|
|
name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name;
|
3256 |
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
3257 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3258 |
|
|
(void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3259 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
|
3260 |
|
|
&objfile->symbol_obstack);
|
3261 |
|
|
|
3262 |
|
|
/* Figure out where it lives. */
|
3263 |
|
|
if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
|
3264 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
|
3265 |
|
|
else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
|
3266 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
3267 |
|
|
else
|
3268 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
|
3269 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
3270 |
|
|
if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
|
3271 |
|
|
{
|
3272 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
|
3273 |
|
|
#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
|
3274 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
|
3275 |
|
|
+= HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
|
3276 |
|
|
#endif
|
3277 |
|
|
/* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
|
3278 |
|
|
Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
|
3279 |
|
|
/* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
|
3280 |
|
|
C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
|
3281 |
|
|
to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
|
3282 |
|
|
allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
|
3283 |
|
|
*/
|
3284 |
|
|
#if 0
|
3285 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
|
3286 |
|
|
#endif
|
3287 |
|
|
}
|
3288 |
|
|
else
|
3289 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
|
3290 |
|
|
|
3291 |
|
|
/* Get its type. */
|
3292 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
|
3293 |
|
|
/* Add it to the symbol list. */
|
3294 |
|
|
/* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
|
3295 |
|
|
* called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
|
3296 |
|
|
* level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
|
3297 |
|
|
* up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
|
3298 |
|
|
* Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
|
3299 |
|
|
* process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
|
3300 |
|
|
* being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
|
3301 |
|
|
*/
|
3302 |
|
|
/* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
|
3303 |
|
|
each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
|
3304 |
|
|
local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
|
3305 |
|
|
global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
|
3306 |
|
|
/* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
|
3307 |
|
|
this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
|
3308 |
|
|
function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
|
3309 |
|
|
Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
|
3310 |
|
|
this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
|
3311 |
|
|
a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
|
3312 |
|
|
same global symbol list would not work!
|
3313 |
|
|
Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do
|
3314 |
|
|
not check the parameter lists of the arguments. */
|
3315 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
|
3316 |
|
|
|
3317 |
|
|
}
|
3318 |
|
|
|
3319 |
|
|
/* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
|
3320 |
|
|
the type struct */
|
3321 |
|
|
if (!record_args)
|
3322 |
|
|
goto finish;
|
3323 |
|
|
|
3324 |
|
|
/* Note how many parameters we found. */
|
3325 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
|
3326 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
3327 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
|
3328 |
|
|
sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
|
3329 |
|
|
|
3330 |
|
|
/* Find the symbols for the parameters and
|
3331 |
|
|
use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
|
3332 |
|
|
The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
|
3333 |
|
|
/* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
|
3334 |
|
|
that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
|
3335 |
|
|
FOO, not LAST_THING. */
|
3336 |
|
|
|
3337 |
|
|
/* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
|
3338 |
|
|
so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
|
3339 |
|
|
have function as parameters */
|
3340 |
|
|
for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
|
3341 |
|
|
{
|
3342 |
|
|
int j = 0;
|
3343 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
|
3344 |
|
|
{
|
3345 |
|
|
struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
|
3346 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
|
3347 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
|
3348 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
|
3349 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
|
3350 |
|
|
}
|
3351 |
|
|
}
|
3352 |
|
|
/* Mark it as having been processed */
|
3353 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
|
3354 |
|
|
|
3355 |
|
|
/* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
|
3356 |
|
|
if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
|
3357 |
|
|
{
|
3358 |
|
|
fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
|
3359 |
|
|
fixup_class = NULL;
|
3360 |
|
|
fixup_method = NULL;
|
3361 |
|
|
}
|
3362 |
|
|
|
3363 |
|
|
/* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
|
3364 |
|
|
to our local list. Do this only if this function was
|
3365 |
|
|
called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
|
3366 |
|
|
simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
|
3367 |
|
|
invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
|
3368 |
|
|
finish:
|
3369 |
|
|
if (newblock)
|
3370 |
|
|
param_symbols = local_list;
|
3371 |
|
|
|
3372 |
|
|
return type;
|
3373 |
|
|
}
|
3374 |
|
|
|
3375 |
|
|
|
3376 |
|
|
/* Read and internalize a native DOC function debug symbol. */
|
3377 |
|
|
/* This is almost identical to hpread_read_function_type(), except
|
3378 |
|
|
* for references to dn_bufp->ddocfunc instead of db_bufp->dfunc.
|
3379 |
|
|
* Since debug information for DOC functions is more likely to be
|
3380 |
|
|
* volatile, please leave it this way.
|
3381 |
|
|
*/
|
3382 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
3383 |
|
|
hpread_read_doc_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
3384 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
|
3385 |
|
|
{
|
3386 |
|
|
struct type *type, *type1;
|
3387 |
|
|
struct pending *syms;
|
3388 |
|
|
struct pending *local_list = NULL;
|
3389 |
|
|
int nsyms = 0;
|
3390 |
|
|
dnttpointer param;
|
3391 |
|
|
union dnttentry *paramp;
|
3392 |
|
|
char *name;
|
3393 |
|
|
long n;
|
3394 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
3395 |
|
|
int record_args = 1;
|
3396 |
|
|
|
3397 |
|
|
/* See if we've already read in this type. */
|
3398 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
3399 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
3400 |
|
|
{
|
3401 |
|
|
record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
|
3402 |
|
|
}
|
3403 |
|
|
else
|
3404 |
|
|
{
|
3405 |
|
|
/* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
|
3406 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
|
3407 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
|
3408 |
|
|
type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.retval,
|
3409 |
|
|
objfile));
|
3410 |
|
|
replace_type (type, type1);
|
3411 |
|
|
|
3412 |
|
|
/* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
|
3413 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
|
3414 |
|
|
}
|
3415 |
|
|
|
3416 |
|
|
/* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
|
3417 |
|
|
wealth of other information. */
|
3418 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
|
3419 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
|
3420 |
|
|
param = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.firstparam;
|
3421 |
|
|
while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3422 |
|
|
{
|
3423 |
|
|
paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3424 |
|
|
nsyms++;
|
3425 |
|
|
param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam;
|
3426 |
|
|
|
3427 |
|
|
/* Get the name. */
|
3428 |
|
|
name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name;
|
3429 |
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
3430 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3431 |
|
|
(void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
3432 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name;
|
3433 |
|
|
|
3434 |
|
|
/* Figure out where it lives. */
|
3435 |
|
|
if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
|
3436 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
|
3437 |
|
|
else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
|
3438 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
3439 |
|
|
else
|
3440 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
|
3441 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
3442 |
|
|
if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
|
3443 |
|
|
{
|
3444 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
|
3445 |
|
|
#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
|
3446 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
|
3447 |
|
|
+= HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
|
3448 |
|
|
#endif
|
3449 |
|
|
/* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
|
3450 |
|
|
Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
|
3451 |
|
|
/* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
|
3452 |
|
|
C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
|
3453 |
|
|
to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
|
3454 |
|
|
allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
|
3455 |
|
|
*/
|
3456 |
|
|
#if 0
|
3457 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
|
3458 |
|
|
#endif
|
3459 |
|
|
}
|
3460 |
|
|
else
|
3461 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
|
3462 |
|
|
|
3463 |
|
|
/* Get its type. */
|
3464 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
|
3465 |
|
|
/* Add it to the symbol list. */
|
3466 |
|
|
/* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
|
3467 |
|
|
* called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
|
3468 |
|
|
* level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
|
3469 |
|
|
* up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
|
3470 |
|
|
* Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
|
3471 |
|
|
* process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
|
3472 |
|
|
* being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
|
3473 |
|
|
*/
|
3474 |
|
|
/* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
|
3475 |
|
|
each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
|
3476 |
|
|
local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
|
3477 |
|
|
global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
|
3478 |
|
|
|
3479 |
|
|
/* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
|
3480 |
|
|
this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
|
3481 |
|
|
function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
|
3482 |
|
|
Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
|
3483 |
|
|
this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
|
3484 |
|
|
a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
|
3485 |
|
|
same global symbol list would not work!
|
3486 |
|
|
Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do not check the
|
3487 |
|
|
parameter lists of the arguments. */
|
3488 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
|
3489 |
|
|
}
|
3490 |
|
|
|
3491 |
|
|
/* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
|
3492 |
|
|
the type struct */
|
3493 |
|
|
if (!record_args)
|
3494 |
|
|
goto finish;
|
3495 |
|
|
|
3496 |
|
|
/* Note how many parameters we found. */
|
3497 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
|
3498 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
3499 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
|
3500 |
|
|
sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
|
3501 |
|
|
|
3502 |
|
|
/* Find the symbols for the parameters and
|
3503 |
|
|
use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
|
3504 |
|
|
The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
|
3505 |
|
|
/* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
|
3506 |
|
|
that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
|
3507 |
|
|
FOO, not LAST_THING. */
|
3508 |
|
|
|
3509 |
|
|
/* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
|
3510 |
|
|
so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
|
3511 |
|
|
have function as parameters
|
3512 |
|
|
*/
|
3513 |
|
|
for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
|
3514 |
|
|
{
|
3515 |
|
|
int j = 0;
|
3516 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
|
3517 |
|
|
{
|
3518 |
|
|
struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
|
3519 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
|
3520 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
|
3521 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
|
3522 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
|
3523 |
|
|
}
|
3524 |
|
|
}
|
3525 |
|
|
|
3526 |
|
|
/* Mark it as having been processed */
|
3527 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
|
3528 |
|
|
|
3529 |
|
|
/* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
|
3530 |
|
|
if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
|
3531 |
|
|
{
|
3532 |
|
|
fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
|
3533 |
|
|
fixup_class = NULL;
|
3534 |
|
|
fixup_method = NULL;
|
3535 |
|
|
}
|
3536 |
|
|
|
3537 |
|
|
/* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
|
3538 |
|
|
to our local list. Do this only if this function was
|
3539 |
|
|
called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
|
3540 |
|
|
simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
|
3541 |
|
|
invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
|
3542 |
|
|
finish:
|
3543 |
|
|
if (newblock)
|
3544 |
|
|
param_symbols = local_list;
|
3545 |
|
|
|
3546 |
|
|
return type;
|
3547 |
|
|
}
|
3548 |
|
|
|
3549 |
|
|
|
3550 |
|
|
|
3551 |
|
|
/* A file-level variable which keeps track of the current-template
|
3552 |
|
|
* being processed. Set in hpread_read_struct_type() while processing
|
3553 |
|
|
* a template type. Referred to in hpread_get_nth_templ_arg().
|
3554 |
|
|
* Yes, this is a kludge, but it arises from the kludge that already
|
3555 |
|
|
* exists in symtab.h, namely the fact that they encode
|
3556 |
|
|
* "template argument n" with fundamental type FT_TEMPLATE_ARG and
|
3557 |
|
|
* bitlength n. This means that deep in processing fundamental types
|
3558 |
|
|
* I need to ask the question "what template am I in the middle of?".
|
3559 |
|
|
* The alternative to stuffing a global would be to pass an argument
|
3560 |
|
|
* down the chain of calls just for this purpose.
|
3561 |
|
|
*
|
3562 |
|
|
* There may be problems handling nested templates... tough.
|
3563 |
|
|
*/
|
3564 |
|
|
static struct type *current_template = NULL;
|
3565 |
|
|
|
3566 |
|
|
/* Read in and internalize a structure definition.
|
3567 |
|
|
* This same routine is called for struct, union, and class types.
|
3568 |
|
|
* Also called for templates, since they build a very similar
|
3569 |
|
|
* type entry as for class types.
|
3570 |
|
|
*/
|
3571 |
|
|
|
3572 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
3573 |
|
|
hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
3574 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
3575 |
|
|
{
|
3576 |
|
|
/* The data members get linked together into a list of struct nextfield's */
|
3577 |
|
|
struct nextfield
|
3578 |
|
|
{
|
3579 |
|
|
struct nextfield *next;
|
3580 |
|
|
struct field field;
|
3581 |
|
|
unsigned char attributes; /* store visibility and virtuality info */
|
3582 |
|
|
#define ATTR_VIRTUAL 1
|
3583 |
|
|
#define ATTR_PRIVATE 2
|
3584 |
|
|
#define ATTR_PROTECT 3
|
3585 |
|
|
};
|
3586 |
|
|
|
3587 |
|
|
|
3588 |
|
|
/* The methods get linked together into a list of struct next_fn_field's */
|
3589 |
|
|
struct next_fn_field
|
3590 |
|
|
{
|
3591 |
|
|
struct next_fn_field *next;
|
3592 |
|
|
struct fn_fieldlist field;
|
3593 |
|
|
struct fn_field fn_field;
|
3594 |
|
|
int num_fn_fields;
|
3595 |
|
|
};
|
3596 |
|
|
|
3597 |
|
|
/* The template args get linked together into a list of struct next_template's */
|
3598 |
|
|
struct next_template
|
3599 |
|
|
{
|
3600 |
|
|
struct next_template *next;
|
3601 |
|
|
struct template_arg arg;
|
3602 |
|
|
};
|
3603 |
|
|
|
3604 |
|
|
/* The template instantiations get linked together into a list of these... */
|
3605 |
|
|
struct next_instantiation
|
3606 |
|
|
{
|
3607 |
|
|
struct next_instantiation *next;
|
3608 |
|
|
struct type *t;
|
3609 |
|
|
};
|
3610 |
|
|
|
3611 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
3612 |
|
|
struct type *baseclass;
|
3613 |
|
|
struct type *memtype;
|
3614 |
|
|
struct nextfield *list = 0, *tmp_list = 0;
|
3615 |
|
|
struct next_fn_field *fn_list = 0;
|
3616 |
|
|
struct next_fn_field *fn_p;
|
3617 |
|
|
struct next_template *t_new, *t_list = 0;
|
3618 |
|
|
struct nextfield *new;
|
3619 |
|
|
struct next_fn_field *fn_new;
|
3620 |
|
|
struct next_instantiation *i_new, *i_list = 0;
|
3621 |
|
|
int n, nfields = 0, n_fn_fields = 0, n_fn_fields_total = 0;
|
3622 |
|
|
int n_base_classes = 0, n_templ_args = 0;
|
3623 |
|
|
int ninstantiations = 0;
|
3624 |
|
|
dnttpointer field, fn_field, parent;
|
3625 |
|
|
union dnttentry *fieldp, *fn_fieldp, *parentp;
|
3626 |
|
|
int i;
|
3627 |
|
|
int static_member = 0;
|
3628 |
|
|
int const_member = 0;
|
3629 |
|
|
int volatile_member = 0;
|
3630 |
|
|
unsigned long vtbl_offset;
|
3631 |
|
|
int need_bitvectors = 0;
|
3632 |
|
|
char *method_name = NULL;
|
3633 |
|
|
char *method_alias = NULL;
|
3634 |
|
|
|
3635 |
|
|
|
3636 |
|
|
/* Is it something we've already dealt with? */
|
3637 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
3638 |
|
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) ||
|
3639 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) ||
|
3640 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CLASS) ||
|
3641 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE))
|
3642 |
|
|
return type;
|
3643 |
|
|
|
3644 |
|
|
/* Get the basic type correct. */
|
3645 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
|
3646 |
|
|
{
|
3647 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
3648 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8;
|
3649 |
|
|
}
|
3650 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
|
3651 |
|
|
{
|
3652 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
3653 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8;
|
3654 |
|
|
}
|
3655 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
|
3656 |
|
|
{
|
3657 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_CLASS;
|
3658 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.bitlength / 8;
|
3659 |
|
|
|
3660 |
|
|
/* Overrides the TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC(type) with allocated memory
|
3661 |
|
|
* rather than &cplus_struct_default.
|
3662 |
|
|
*/
|
3663 |
|
|
allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
|
3664 |
|
|
|
3665 |
|
|
/* Fill in declared-type.
|
3666 |
|
|
* (The C++ compiler will emit TYPE_CODE_CLASS
|
3667 |
|
|
* for all 3 of "class", "struct"
|
3668 |
|
|
* "union", and we have to look at the "class_decl" field if we
|
3669 |
|
|
* want to know how it was really declared)
|
3670 |
|
|
*/
|
3671 |
|
|
/* (0==class, 1==union, 2==struct) */
|
3672 |
|
|
TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl;
|
3673 |
|
|
}
|
3674 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
3675 |
|
|
{
|
3676 |
|
|
/* Get the basic type correct. */
|
3677 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE;
|
3678 |
|
|
allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
|
3679 |
|
|
TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = DECLARED_TYPE_TEMPLATE;
|
3680 |
|
|
}
|
3681 |
|
|
else
|
3682 |
|
|
return type;
|
3683 |
|
|
|
3684 |
|
|
|
3685 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
|
3686 |
|
|
|
3687 |
|
|
/* For classes, read the parent list.
|
3688 |
|
|
* Question (RT): Do we need to do this for templates also?
|
3689 |
|
|
*/
|
3690 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
|
3691 |
|
|
{
|
3692 |
|
|
|
3693 |
|
|
/* First read the parent-list (classes from which we derive fields) */
|
3694 |
|
|
parent = dn_bufp->dclass.parentlist;
|
3695 |
|
|
while (parent.word && parent.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3696 |
|
|
{
|
3697 |
|
|
parentp = hpread_get_lntt (parent.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3698 |
|
|
|
3699 |
|
|
/* "parentp" should point to a DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE record */
|
3700 |
|
|
|
3701 |
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
|
3702 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
3703 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
3704 |
|
|
list = new;
|
3705 |
|
|
|
3706 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
|
3707 |
|
|
|
3708 |
|
|
/* The "classname" field is actually a DNTT pointer to the base class */
|
3709 |
|
|
baseclass = hpread_type_lookup (parentp->dinheritance.classname,
|
3710 |
|
|
objfile);
|
3711 |
|
|
FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = baseclass;
|
3712 |
|
|
|
3713 |
|
|
list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (FIELD_TYPE (list->field));
|
3714 |
|
|
|
3715 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
3716 |
|
|
|
3717 |
|
|
/* Check for virtuality of base, and set the
|
3718 |
|
|
* offset of the base subobject within the object.
|
3719 |
|
|
* (Offset set to -1 for virtual bases (for now).)
|
3720 |
|
|
*/
|
3721 |
|
|
if (parentp->dinheritance.Virtual)
|
3722 |
|
|
{
|
3723 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL);
|
3724 |
|
|
parentp->dinheritance.offset = -1;
|
3725 |
|
|
}
|
3726 |
|
|
else
|
3727 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = parentp->dinheritance.offset;
|
3728 |
|
|
|
3729 |
|
|
/* Check visibility */
|
3730 |
|
|
switch (parentp->dinheritance.visibility)
|
3731 |
|
|
{
|
3732 |
|
|
case 1:
|
3733 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
|
3734 |
|
|
break;
|
3735 |
|
|
case 2:
|
3736 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
|
3737 |
|
|
break;
|
3738 |
|
|
}
|
3739 |
|
|
|
3740 |
|
|
n_base_classes++;
|
3741 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
3742 |
|
|
|
3743 |
|
|
parent = parentp->dinheritance.next;
|
3744 |
|
|
}
|
3745 |
|
|
}
|
3746 |
|
|
|
3747 |
|
|
/* For templates, read the template argument list.
|
3748 |
|
|
* This must be done before processing the member list, because
|
3749 |
|
|
* the member list may refer back to this. E.g.:
|
3750 |
|
|
* template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
|
3751 |
|
|
* public:
|
3752 |
|
|
* T1 a;
|
3753 |
|
|
* T2 b;
|
3754 |
|
|
* };
|
3755 |
|
|
* We need to read the argument list "T1", "T2" first.
|
3756 |
|
|
*/
|
3757 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
3758 |
|
|
{
|
3759 |
|
|
/* Kludge alert: This stuffs a global "current_template" which
|
3760 |
|
|
* is referred to by hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). The global
|
3761 |
|
|
* is cleared at the end of this routine.
|
3762 |
|
|
*/
|
3763 |
|
|
current_template = type;
|
3764 |
|
|
|
3765 |
|
|
/* Read in the argument list */
|
3766 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.arglist;
|
3767 |
|
|
while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3768 |
|
|
{
|
3769 |
|
|
/* Get this template argument */
|
3770 |
|
|
fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3771 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
|
3772 |
|
|
{
|
3773 |
|
|
warning ("Invalid debug info: Template argument entry is of wrong kind");
|
3774 |
|
|
break;
|
3775 |
|
|
}
|
3776 |
|
|
/* Bump the count */
|
3777 |
|
|
n_templ_args++;
|
3778 |
|
|
/* Allocate and fill in a struct next_template */
|
3779 |
|
|
t_new = (struct next_template *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_template));
|
3780 |
|
|
t_new->next = t_list;
|
3781 |
|
|
t_list = t_new;
|
3782 |
|
|
t_list->arg.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dtempl_arg.name;
|
3783 |
|
|
t_list->arg.type = hpread_read_templ_arg_type (field, fieldp,
|
3784 |
|
|
objfile, t_list->arg.name);
|
3785 |
|
|
/* Walk to the next template argument */
|
3786 |
|
|
field = fieldp->dtempl_arg.nextarg;
|
3787 |
|
|
}
|
3788 |
|
|
}
|
3789 |
|
|
|
3790 |
|
|
TYPE_NTEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = n_templ_args;
|
3791 |
|
|
|
3792 |
|
|
if (n_templ_args > 0)
|
3793 |
|
|
TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = (struct template_arg *)
|
3794 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct template_arg) * n_templ_args);
|
3795 |
|
|
for (n = n_templ_args; t_list; t_list = t_list->next)
|
3796 |
|
|
{
|
3797 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
3798 |
|
|
TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (type, n) = t_list->arg;
|
3799 |
|
|
}
|
3800 |
|
|
|
3801 |
|
|
/* Next read in and internalize all the fields/members. */
|
3802 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
|
3803 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield;
|
3804 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
|
3805 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dunion.firstfield;
|
3806 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
|
3807 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dclass.memberlist;
|
3808 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
3809 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.memberlist;
|
3810 |
|
|
else
|
3811 |
|
|
field.word = DNTTNIL;
|
3812 |
|
|
|
3813 |
|
|
while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
|
3814 |
|
|
{
|
3815 |
|
|
fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3816 |
|
|
|
3817 |
|
|
/* At this point "fieldp" may point to either a DNTT_TYPE_FIELD
|
3818 |
|
|
* or a DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD record.
|
3819 |
|
|
*/
|
3820 |
|
|
vtbl_offset = 0;
|
3821 |
|
|
static_member = 0;
|
3822 |
|
|
const_member = 0;
|
3823 |
|
|
volatile_member = 0;
|
3824 |
|
|
|
3825 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD)
|
3826 |
|
|
{
|
3827 |
|
|
|
3828 |
|
|
/* The type will be GENFIELD if the field is a method or
|
3829 |
|
|
* a static member (or some other cases -- see below)
|
3830 |
|
|
*/
|
3831 |
|
|
|
3832 |
|
|
/* Follow a link to get to the record for the field. */
|
3833 |
|
|
fn_field = fieldp->dgenfield.field;
|
3834 |
|
|
fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3835 |
|
|
|
3836 |
|
|
/* Virtual funcs are indicated by a VFUNC which points to the
|
3837 |
|
|
* real entry
|
3838 |
|
|
*/
|
3839 |
|
|
if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC)
|
3840 |
|
|
{
|
3841 |
|
|
vtbl_offset = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.vtbl_offset;
|
3842 |
|
|
fn_field = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.funcptr;
|
3843 |
|
|
fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3844 |
|
|
}
|
3845 |
|
|
|
3846 |
|
|
/* A function's entry may be preceded by a modifier which
|
3847 |
|
|
* labels it static/constant/volatile.
|
3848 |
|
|
*/
|
3849 |
|
|
if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER)
|
3850 |
|
|
{
|
3851 |
|
|
static_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_static;
|
3852 |
|
|
const_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_const;
|
3853 |
|
|
volatile_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_volatile;
|
3854 |
|
|
fn_field = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.type;
|
3855 |
|
|
fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
3856 |
|
|
}
|
3857 |
|
|
|
3858 |
|
|
/* Check whether we have a method */
|
3859 |
|
|
if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
|
3860 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
|
3861 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) ||
|
3862 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
|
3863 |
|
|
{
|
3864 |
|
|
/* Method found */
|
3865 |
|
|
|
3866 |
|
|
short ix = 0;
|
3867 |
|
|
|
3868 |
|
|
/* Look up function type of method */
|
3869 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_field, objfile);
|
3870 |
|
|
|
3871 |
|
|
/* Methods can be seen before classes in the SOM records.
|
3872 |
|
|
If we are processing this class because it's a parameter of a
|
3873 |
|
|
method, at this point the method's type is actually incomplete;
|
3874 |
|
|
we'll have to fix it up later; mark the class for this. */
|
3875 |
|
|
|
3876 |
|
|
if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
|
3877 |
|
|
{
|
3878 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
|
3879 |
|
|
if (fixup_class)
|
3880 |
|
|
warning ("Two classes to fix up for method?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
|
3881 |
|
|
if (fixup_method)
|
3882 |
|
|
warning ("Two methods to be fixed up at once?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
|
3883 |
|
|
fixup_class = type; /* remember this class has to be fixed up */
|
3884 |
|
|
fixup_method = memtype; /* remember the method type to be used in fixup */
|
3885 |
|
|
}
|
3886 |
|
|
|
3887 |
|
|
/* HP aCC generates operator names without the "operator" keyword, and
|
3888 |
|
|
generates null strings as names for operators that are
|
3889 |
|
|
user-defined type conversions to basic types (e.g. operator int ()).
|
3890 |
|
|
So try to reconstruct name as best as possible. */
|
3891 |
|
|
|
3892 |
|
|
method_name = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.name);
|
3893 |
|
|
method_alias = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.alias);
|
3894 |
|
|
|
3895 |
|
|
if (!method_name || /* no name */
|
3896 |
|
|
!*method_name || /* or null name */
|
3897 |
|
|
cplus_mangle_opname (method_name, DMGL_ANSI)) /* or name is an operator like "<" */
|
3898 |
|
|
{
|
3899 |
|
|
char *tmp_name = cplus_demangle (method_alias, DMGL_ANSI);
|
3900 |
|
|
char *op_string = strstr (tmp_name, "operator");
|
3901 |
|
|
method_name = xmalloc (strlen (op_string) + 1); /* don't overwrite VT! */
|
3902 |
|
|
strcpy (method_name, op_string);
|
3903 |
|
|
}
|
3904 |
|
|
|
3905 |
|
|
/* First check if a method of the same name has already been seen. */
|
3906 |
|
|
fn_p = fn_list;
|
3907 |
|
|
while (fn_p)
|
3908 |
|
|
{
|
3909 |
|
|
if (STREQ (fn_p->field.name, method_name))
|
3910 |
|
|
break;
|
3911 |
|
|
fn_p = fn_p->next;
|
3912 |
|
|
}
|
3913 |
|
|
|
3914 |
|
|
/* If no such method was found, allocate a new entry in the list */
|
3915 |
|
|
if (!fn_p)
|
3916 |
|
|
{
|
3917 |
|
|
/* Get space to record this member function */
|
3918 |
|
|
/* Note: alloca used; this will disappear on routine exit */
|
3919 |
|
|
fn_new = (struct next_fn_field *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_fn_field));
|
3920 |
|
|
fn_new->next = fn_list;
|
3921 |
|
|
fn_list = fn_new;
|
3922 |
|
|
|
3923 |
|
|
/* Fill in the fields of the struct nextfield */
|
3924 |
|
|
|
3925 |
|
|
/* Record the (unmangled) method name */
|
3926 |
|
|
fn_list->field.name = method_name;
|
3927 |
|
|
/* Initial space for overloaded methods */
|
3928 |
|
|
/* Note: xmalloc is used; this will persist after this routine exits */
|
3929 |
|
|
fn_list->field.fn_fields = (struct fn_field *) xmalloc (5 * (sizeof (struct fn_field)));
|
3930 |
|
|
fn_list->field.length = 1; /* Init # of overloaded instances */
|
3931 |
|
|
fn_list->num_fn_fields = 5; /* # of entries for which space allocated */
|
3932 |
|
|
fn_p = fn_list;
|
3933 |
|
|
ix = 0; /* array index for fn_field */
|
3934 |
|
|
/* Bump the total count of the distinctly named methods */
|
3935 |
|
|
n_fn_fields++;
|
3936 |
|
|
}
|
3937 |
|
|
else
|
3938 |
|
|
/* Another overloaded instance of an already seen method name */
|
3939 |
|
|
{
|
3940 |
|
|
if (++(fn_p->field.length) > fn_p->num_fn_fields)
|
3941 |
|
|
{
|
3942 |
|
|
/* Increase space allocated for overloaded instances */
|
3943 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields
|
3944 |
|
|
= (struct fn_field *) xrealloc (fn_p->field.fn_fields,
|
3945 |
|
|
(fn_p->num_fn_fields + 5) * sizeof (struct fn_field));
|
3946 |
|
|
fn_p->num_fn_fields += 5;
|
3947 |
|
|
}
|
3948 |
|
|
ix = fn_p->field.length - 1; /* array index for fn_field */
|
3949 |
|
|
}
|
3950 |
|
|
|
3951 |
|
|
/* "physname" is intended to be the name of this overloaded instance. */
|
3952 |
|
|
if ((fn_fieldp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
|
3953 |
|
|
method_alias &&
|
3954 |
|
|
*method_alias) /* not a null string */
|
3955 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_alias;
|
3956 |
|
|
else
|
3957 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_name;
|
3958 |
|
|
/* What's expected here is the function type */
|
3959 |
|
|
/* But mark it as NULL if the method was incompletely processed
|
3960 |
|
|
We'll fix this up later when the method is fully processed */
|
3961 |
|
|
if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
|
3962 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = NULL;
|
3963 |
|
|
else
|
3964 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = memtype;
|
3965 |
|
|
|
3966 |
|
|
/* For virtual functions, fill in the voffset field with the
|
3967 |
|
|
* virtual table offset. (This is just copied over from the
|
3968 |
|
|
* SOM record; not sure if it is what GDB expects here...).
|
3969 |
|
|
* But if the function is a static method, set it to 1.
|
3970 |
|
|
*
|
3971 |
|
|
* Note that we have to add 1 because 1 indicates a static
|
3972 |
|
|
* method, and 0 indicates a non-static, non-virtual method */
|
3973 |
|
|
|
3974 |
|
|
if (static_member)
|
3975 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC;
|
3976 |
|
|
else
|
3977 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = vtbl_offset ? vtbl_offset + 1 : 0;
|
3978 |
|
|
|
3979 |
|
|
/* Also fill in the fcontext field with the current
|
3980 |
|
|
* class. (The latter isn't quite right: should be the baseclass
|
3981 |
|
|
* that defines the virtual function... Note we do have
|
3982 |
|
|
* a variable "baseclass" that we could stuff into the fcontext
|
3983 |
|
|
* field, but "baseclass" isn't necessarily right either,
|
3984 |
|
|
* since the virtual function could have been defined more
|
3985 |
|
|
* than one level up).
|
3986 |
|
|
*/
|
3987 |
|
|
|
3988 |
|
|
if (vtbl_offset != 0)
|
3989 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = type;
|
3990 |
|
|
else
|
3991 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = NULL;
|
3992 |
|
|
|
3993 |
|
|
/* Other random fields pertaining to this method */
|
3994 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_const = const_member;
|
3995 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_volatile = volatile_member; /* ?? */
|
3996 |
|
|
switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
|
3997 |
|
|
{
|
3998 |
|
|
case 1:
|
3999 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 1;
|
4000 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
|
4001 |
|
|
break;
|
4002 |
|
|
case 2:
|
4003 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
|
4004 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 1;
|
4005 |
|
|
break;
|
4006 |
|
|
default: /* public */
|
4007 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
|
4008 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
|
4009 |
|
|
}
|
4010 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_stub = 0;
|
4011 |
|
|
|
4012 |
|
|
/* HP aCC emits both MEMFUNC and FUNCTION entries for a method;
|
4013 |
|
|
if the class points to the FUNCTION, there is usually separate
|
4014 |
|
|
code for the method; but if we have a MEMFUNC, the method has
|
4015 |
|
|
been inlined (and there is usually no FUNCTION entry)
|
4016 |
|
|
FIXME Not sure if this test is accurate. pai/1997-08-22 */
|
4017 |
|
|
if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
|
4018 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC))
|
4019 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 1;
|
4020 |
|
|
else
|
4021 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 0;
|
4022 |
|
|
|
4023 |
|
|
fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].dummy = 0;
|
4024 |
|
|
|
4025 |
|
|
/* Bump the total count of the member functions */
|
4026 |
|
|
n_fn_fields_total++;
|
4027 |
|
|
|
4028 |
|
|
}
|
4029 |
|
|
else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
|
4030 |
|
|
{
|
4031 |
|
|
/* This case is for static data members of classes */
|
4032 |
|
|
|
4033 |
|
|
/* pai:: FIXME -- check that "staticmem" bit is set */
|
4034 |
|
|
|
4035 |
|
|
/* Get space to record this static member */
|
4036 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
4037 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
4038 |
|
|
list = new;
|
4039 |
|
|
|
4040 |
|
|
list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
|
4041 |
|
|
SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, 0); /* initialize to empty */
|
4042 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
|
4043 |
|
|
|
4044 |
|
|
FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
|
4045 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
4046 |
|
|
switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
|
4047 |
|
|
{
|
4048 |
|
|
case 1:
|
4049 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
|
4050 |
|
|
break;
|
4051 |
|
|
case 2:
|
4052 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
|
4053 |
|
|
break;
|
4054 |
|
|
}
|
4055 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
4056 |
|
|
}
|
4057 |
|
|
|
4058 |
|
|
else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
|
4059 |
|
|
{
|
4060 |
|
|
/* FIELDs follow GENFIELDs for fields of anonymous unions.
|
4061 |
|
|
Code below is replicated from the case for FIELDs further
|
4062 |
|
|
below, except that fieldp is replaced by fn_fieldp */
|
4063 |
|
|
if (!fn_fieldp->dfield.a_union)
|
4064 |
|
|
warning ("Debug info inconsistent: FIELD of anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
|
4065 |
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
|
4066 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
4067 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
4068 |
|
|
list = new;
|
4069 |
|
|
|
4070 |
|
|
list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfield.name;
|
4071 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
|
4072 |
|
|
if (fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
|
4073 |
|
|
list->field.bitsize = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
|
4074 |
|
|
else
|
4075 |
|
|
list->field.bitsize = 0;
|
4076 |
|
|
|
4077 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
|
4078 |
|
|
list->field.type = memtype;
|
4079 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
4080 |
|
|
switch (fn_fieldp->dfield.visibility)
|
4081 |
|
|
{
|
4082 |
|
|
case 1:
|
4083 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
|
4084 |
|
|
break;
|
4085 |
|
|
case 2:
|
4086 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
|
4087 |
|
|
break;
|
4088 |
|
|
}
|
4089 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
4090 |
|
|
}
|
4091 |
|
|
else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
|
4092 |
|
|
{
|
4093 |
|
|
/* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
|
4094 |
|
|
if (!fn_fieldp->dsvar.a_union)
|
4095 |
|
|
warning ("Debug info inconsistent: SVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
|
4096 |
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
|
4097 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
4098 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
4099 |
|
|
list = new;
|
4100 |
|
|
|
4101 |
|
|
list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
|
4102 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
|
4103 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
|
4104 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
|
4105 |
|
|
list->field.type = memtype;
|
4106 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
4107 |
|
|
/* No info to set visibility -- always public */
|
4108 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
4109 |
|
|
}
|
4110 |
|
|
else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
|
4111 |
|
|
{
|
4112 |
|
|
/* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
|
4113 |
|
|
if (!fn_fieldp->ddvar.a_union)
|
4114 |
|
|
warning ("Debug info inconsistent: DVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
|
4115 |
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
|
4116 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
4117 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
4118 |
|
|
list = new;
|
4119 |
|
|
|
4120 |
|
|
list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->ddvar.name;
|
4121 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
|
4122 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
|
4123 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->ddvar.type, objfile);
|
4124 |
|
|
list->field.type = memtype;
|
4125 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
4126 |
|
|
/* No info to set visibility -- always public */
|
4127 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
4128 |
|
|
}
|
4129 |
|
|
else
|
4130 |
|
|
{ /* Not a method, nor a static data member, nor an anon union field */
|
4131 |
|
|
|
4132 |
|
|
/* This case is for miscellaneous type entries (local enums,
|
4133 |
|
|
local function templates, etc.) that can be present
|
4134 |
|
|
inside a class. */
|
4135 |
|
|
|
4136 |
|
|
/* Enums -- will be handled by other code that takes care
|
4137 |
|
|
of DNTT_TYPE_ENUM; here we see only DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM so
|
4138 |
|
|
it's not clear we could have handled them here at all. */
|
4139 |
|
|
/* FUNC_TEMPLATE: is handled by other code (?). */
|
4140 |
|
|
/* MEMACCESS: modified access for inherited member. Not
|
4141 |
|
|
sure what to do with this, ignoriing it at present. */
|
4142 |
|
|
|
4143 |
|
|
/* What other entries can appear following a GENFIELD which
|
4144 |
|
|
we do not handle above? (MODIFIER, VFUNC handled above.) */
|
4145 |
|
|
|
4146 |
|
|
if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS) &&
|
4147 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM) &&
|
4148 |
|
|
(fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE))
|
4149 |
|
|
warning ("Internal error: Unexpected debug record kind %d found following DNTT_GENFIELD",
|
4150 |
|
|
fn_fieldp->dblock.kind);
|
4151 |
|
|
}
|
4152 |
|
|
/* walk to the next FIELD or GENFIELD */
|
4153 |
|
|
field = fieldp->dgenfield.nextfield;
|
4154 |
|
|
|
4155 |
|
|
}
|
4156 |
|
|
else if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
|
4157 |
|
|
{
|
4158 |
|
|
|
4159 |
|
|
/* Ordinary structure/union/class field */
|
4160 |
|
|
struct type *anon_union_type;
|
4161 |
|
|
|
4162 |
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
|
4163 |
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
4164 |
|
|
new->next = list;
|
4165 |
|
|
list = new;
|
4166 |
|
|
|
4167 |
|
|
list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name;
|
4168 |
|
|
|
4169 |
|
|
|
4170 |
|
|
/* A FIELD by itself (without a GENFIELD) can also be a static member */
|
4171 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dfield.staticmem)
|
4172 |
|
|
{
|
4173 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = -1;
|
4174 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
|
4175 |
|
|
}
|
4176 |
|
|
else
|
4177 |
|
|
/* Non-static data member */
|
4178 |
|
|
{
|
4179 |
|
|
FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
|
4180 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
|
4181 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
|
4182 |
|
|
else
|
4183 |
|
|
FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
|
4184 |
|
|
}
|
4185 |
|
|
|
4186 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
|
4187 |
|
|
FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
|
4188 |
|
|
list->attributes = 0;
|
4189 |
|
|
switch (fieldp->dfield.visibility)
|
4190 |
|
|
{
|
4191 |
|
|
case 1:
|
4192 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
|
4193 |
|
|
break;
|
4194 |
|
|
case 2:
|
4195 |
|
|
B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
|
4196 |
|
|
break;
|
4197 |
|
|
}
|
4198 |
|
|
nfields++;
|
4199 |
|
|
|
4200 |
|
|
|
4201 |
|
|
/* Note 1: First, we have to check if the current field is an anonymous
|
4202 |
|
|
union. If it is, then *its* fields are threaded along in the
|
4203 |
|
|
nextfield chain. :-( This was supposed to help debuggers, but is
|
4204 |
|
|
really just a nuisance since we deal with anonymous unions anyway by
|
4205 |
|
|
checking that the name is null. So anyway, we skip over the fields
|
4206 |
|
|
of the anonymous union. pai/1997-08-22 */
|
4207 |
|
|
/* Note 2: In addition, the bitoffsets for the fields of the anon union
|
4208 |
|
|
are relative to the enclosing struct, *NOT* relative to the anon
|
4209 |
|
|
union! This is an even bigger nuisance -- we have to go in and munge
|
4210 |
|
|
the anon union's type information appropriately. pai/1997-08-22 */
|
4211 |
|
|
|
4212 |
|
|
/* Both tasks noted above are done by a separate function. This takes us
|
4213 |
|
|
to the next FIELD or GENFIELD, skipping anon unions, and recursively
|
4214 |
|
|
processing intermediate types. */
|
4215 |
|
|
field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (1, field, &fieldp, objfile);
|
4216 |
|
|
|
4217 |
|
|
}
|
4218 |
|
|
else
|
4219 |
|
|
{
|
4220 |
|
|
/* neither field nor genfield ?? is this possible?? */
|
4221 |
|
|
/* pai:: FIXME walk to the next -- how? */
|
4222 |
|
|
warning ("Internal error: unexpected DNTT kind %d encountered as field of struct",
|
4223 |
|
|
fieldp->dblock.kind);
|
4224 |
|
|
warning ("Skipping remaining fields of struct");
|
4225 |
|
|
break; /* get out of loop of fields */
|
4226 |
|
|
}
|
4227 |
|
|
}
|
4228 |
|
|
|
4229 |
|
|
/* If it's a template, read in the instantiation list */
|
4230 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
4231 |
|
|
{
|
4232 |
|
|
ninstantiations = 0;
|
4233 |
|
|
field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.expansions;
|
4234 |
|
|
while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
|
4235 |
|
|
{
|
4236 |
|
|
fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
4237 |
|
|
|
4238 |
|
|
/* The expansions or nextexp should point to a tagdef */
|
4239 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
|
4240 |
|
|
break;
|
4241 |
|
|
|
4242 |
|
|
i_new = (struct next_instantiation *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_instantiation));
|
4243 |
|
|
i_new->next = i_list;
|
4244 |
|
|
i_list = i_new;
|
4245 |
|
|
i_list->t = hpread_type_lookup (field, objfile);
|
4246 |
|
|
ninstantiations++;
|
4247 |
|
|
|
4248 |
|
|
/* And the "type" field of that should point to a class */
|
4249 |
|
|
field = fieldp->dtag.type;
|
4250 |
|
|
fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
4251 |
|
|
if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
|
4252 |
|
|
break;
|
4253 |
|
|
|
4254 |
|
|
/* Get the next expansion */
|
4255 |
|
|
field = fieldp->dclass.nextexp;
|
4256 |
|
|
}
|
4257 |
|
|
}
|
4258 |
|
|
TYPE_NINSTANTIATIONS (type) = ninstantiations;
|
4259 |
|
|
if (ninstantiations > 0)
|
4260 |
|
|
TYPE_INSTANTIATIONS (type) = (struct type **)
|
4261 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct type *) * ninstantiations);
|
4262 |
|
|
for (n = ninstantiations; i_list; i_list = i_list->next)
|
4263 |
|
|
{
|
4264 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
4265 |
|
|
TYPE_INSTANTIATION (type, n) = i_list->t;
|
4266 |
|
|
}
|
4267 |
|
|
|
4268 |
|
|
|
4269 |
|
|
/* Copy the field-list to GDB's symbol table */
|
4270 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
|
4271 |
|
|
TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_base_classes;
|
4272 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
4273 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
|
4274 |
|
|
/* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */
|
4275 |
|
|
for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
|
4276 |
|
|
{
|
4277 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
4278 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = tmp_list->field;
|
4279 |
|
|
}
|
4280 |
|
|
|
4281 |
|
|
/* Copy the "function-field-list" (i.e., the list of member
|
4282 |
|
|
* functions in the class) to GDB's symbol table
|
4283 |
|
|
*/
|
4284 |
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = n_fn_fields;
|
4285 |
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = n_fn_fields_total;
|
4286 |
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *)
|
4287 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * n_fn_fields);
|
4288 |
|
|
for (n = n_fn_fields; fn_list; fn_list = fn_list->next)
|
4289 |
|
|
{
|
4290 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
4291 |
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, n) = fn_list->field;
|
4292 |
|
|
}
|
4293 |
|
|
|
4294 |
|
|
/* pai:: FIXME -- perhaps each bitvector should be created individually */
|
4295 |
|
|
for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
|
4296 |
|
|
{
|
4297 |
|
|
n -= 1;
|
4298 |
|
|
if (tmp_list->attributes)
|
4299 |
|
|
{
|
4300 |
|
|
need_bitvectors = 1;
|
4301 |
|
|
break;
|
4302 |
|
|
}
|
4303 |
|
|
}
|
4304 |
|
|
|
4305 |
|
|
if (need_bitvectors)
|
4306 |
|
|
{
|
4307 |
|
|
/* pai:: this step probably redundant */
|
4308 |
|
|
ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type);
|
4309 |
|
|
|
4310 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) =
|
4311 |
|
|
(B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
4312 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), nfields);
|
4313 |
|
|
|
4314 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) =
|
4315 |
|
|
(B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
4316 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields);
|
4317 |
|
|
|
4318 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) =
|
4319 |
|
|
(B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
4320 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields);
|
4321 |
|
|
|
4322 |
|
|
/* this field vector isn't actually used with HP aCC */
|
4323 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type) =
|
4324 |
|
|
(B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
4325 |
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type), nfields);
|
4326 |
|
|
|
4327 |
|
|
while (nfields-- > 0)
|
4328 |
|
|
{
|
4329 |
|
|
if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL))
|
4330 |
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, nfields);
|
4331 |
|
|
if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE))
|
4332 |
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, nfields);
|
4333 |
|
|
if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT))
|
4334 |
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, nfields);
|
4335 |
|
|
|
4336 |
|
|
list = list->next;
|
4337 |
|
|
}
|
4338 |
|
|
}
|
4339 |
|
|
else
|
4340 |
|
|
{
|
4341 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = NULL;
|
4342 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = NULL;
|
4343 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = NULL;
|
4344 |
|
|
}
|
4345 |
|
|
|
4346 |
|
|
if (has_vtable (type))
|
4347 |
|
|
{
|
4348 |
|
|
/* Allocate space for class runtime information */
|
4349 |
|
|
TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = (struct runtime_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct runtime_info));
|
4350 |
|
|
/* Set flag for vtable */
|
4351 |
|
|
TYPE_VTABLE (type) = 1;
|
4352 |
|
|
/* The first non-virtual base class with a vtable. */
|
4353 |
|
|
TYPE_PRIMARY_BASE (type) = primary_base_class (type);
|
4354 |
|
|
/* The virtual base list. */
|
4355 |
|
|
TYPE_VIRTUAL_BASE_LIST (type) = virtual_base_list (type);
|
4356 |
|
|
}
|
4357 |
|
|
else
|
4358 |
|
|
TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = NULL;
|
4359 |
|
|
|
4360 |
|
|
/* If this is a local type (C++ - declared inside a function), record file name & line # */
|
4361 |
|
|
if (hpread_get_scope_depth (dn_bufp, objfile, 1 /* no need for real depth */ ))
|
4362 |
|
|
{
|
4363 |
|
|
TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = (struct local_type_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct local_type_info));
|
4364 |
|
|
TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (current_subfile->name) + 1);
|
4365 |
|
|
strcpy (TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type), current_subfile->name);
|
4366 |
|
|
if (current_subfile->line_vector && (current_subfile->line_vector->nitems > 0))
|
4367 |
|
|
TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = current_subfile->line_vector->item[current_subfile->line_vector->nitems - 1].line;
|
4368 |
|
|
else
|
4369 |
|
|
TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = 0;
|
4370 |
|
|
}
|
4371 |
|
|
else
|
4372 |
|
|
TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = NULL;
|
4373 |
|
|
|
4374 |
|
|
/* Clear the global saying what template we are in the middle of processing */
|
4375 |
|
|
current_template = NULL;
|
4376 |
|
|
|
4377 |
|
|
return type;
|
4378 |
|
|
}
|
4379 |
|
|
|
4380 |
|
|
/* Adjust the physnames for each static member of a struct
|
4381 |
|
|
or class type to be something like "A::x"; then various
|
4382 |
|
|
other pieces of code that do a lookup_symbol on the phyname
|
4383 |
|
|
work correctly.
|
4384 |
|
|
TYPE is a pointer to the struct/class type
|
4385 |
|
|
NAME is a char * (string) which is the class/struct name
|
4386 |
|
|
Void return */
|
4387 |
|
|
|
4388 |
|
|
static void
|
4389 |
|
|
fix_static_member_physnames (struct type *type, char *class_name,
|
4390 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
4391 |
|
|
{
|
4392 |
|
|
int i;
|
4393 |
|
|
|
4394 |
|
|
/* We fix the member names only for classes or structs */
|
4395 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
4396 |
|
|
return;
|
4397 |
|
|
|
4398 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
|
4399 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC (type, i))
|
4400 |
|
|
{
|
4401 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i))
|
4402 |
|
|
return; /* physnames are already set */
|
4403 |
|
|
|
4404 |
|
|
SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (TYPE_FIELDS (type)[i],
|
4405 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
|
4406 |
|
|
strlen (class_name) + strlen (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)) + 3));
|
4407 |
|
|
strcpy (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), class_name);
|
4408 |
|
|
strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), "::");
|
4409 |
|
|
strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i));
|
4410 |
|
|
}
|
4411 |
|
|
}
|
4412 |
|
|
|
4413 |
|
|
/* Fix-up the type structure for a CLASS so that the type entry
|
4414 |
|
|
* for a method (previously marked with a null type in hpread_read_struct_type()
|
4415 |
|
|
* is set correctly to METHOD.
|
4416 |
|
|
* OBJFILE is as for other such functions.
|
4417 |
|
|
* Void return. */
|
4418 |
|
|
|
4419 |
|
|
static void
|
4420 |
|
|
fixup_class_method_type (struct type *class, struct type *method,
|
4421 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
4422 |
|
|
{
|
4423 |
|
|
int i, j, k;
|
4424 |
|
|
|
4425 |
|
|
if (!class || !method || !objfile)
|
4426 |
|
|
return;
|
4427 |
|
|
|
4428 |
|
|
/* Only for types that have methods */
|
4429 |
|
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) &&
|
4430 |
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_UNION))
|
4431 |
|
|
return;
|
4432 |
|
|
|
4433 |
|
|
/* Loop over all methods and find the one marked with a NULL type */
|
4434 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (class); i++)
|
4435 |
|
|
for (j = 0; j < TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (class, i); j++)
|
4436 |
|
|
if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) == NULL)
|
4437 |
|
|
{
|
4438 |
|
|
/* Set the method type */
|
4439 |
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) = method;
|
4440 |
|
|
|
4441 |
|
|
/* Break out of both loops -- only one method to fix up in a class */
|
4442 |
|
|
goto finish;
|
4443 |
|
|
}
|
4444 |
|
|
|
4445 |
|
|
finish:
|
4446 |
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (class) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
|
4447 |
|
|
}
|
4448 |
|
|
|
4449 |
|
|
|
4450 |
|
|
/* If we're in the middle of processing a template, get a pointer
|
4451 |
|
|
* to the Nth template argument.
|
4452 |
|
|
* An example may make this clearer:
|
4453 |
|
|
* template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
|
4454 |
|
|
* public:
|
4455 |
|
|
* T1 a;
|
4456 |
|
|
* T2 b;
|
4457 |
|
|
* };
|
4458 |
|
|
* The type for "a" will be "first template arg" and
|
4459 |
|
|
* the type for "b" will be "second template arg".
|
4460 |
|
|
* We need to look these up in order to fill in "a" and "b"'s type.
|
4461 |
|
|
* This is called from hpread_type_lookup().
|
4462 |
|
|
*/
|
4463 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4464 |
|
|
hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *objfile, int n)
|
4465 |
|
|
{
|
4466 |
|
|
if (current_template != NULL)
|
4467 |
|
|
return TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (current_template, n).type;
|
4468 |
|
|
else
|
4469 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_TEMPLATE_ARG);
|
4470 |
|
|
}
|
4471 |
|
|
|
4472 |
|
|
/* Read in and internalize a TEMPL_ARG (template arg) symbol. */
|
4473 |
|
|
|
4474 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4475 |
|
|
hpread_read_templ_arg_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
4476 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile, char *name)
|
4477 |
|
|
{
|
4478 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
4479 |
|
|
|
4480 |
|
|
/* See if it's something we've already deal with. */
|
4481 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
4482 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
|
4483 |
|
|
return type;
|
4484 |
|
|
|
4485 |
|
|
/* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */
|
4486 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG;
|
4487 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
|
4488 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
|
4489 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
|
4490 |
|
|
return type;
|
4491 |
|
|
}
|
4492 |
|
|
|
4493 |
|
|
/* Read in and internalize a set debug symbol. */
|
4494 |
|
|
|
4495 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4496 |
|
|
hpread_read_set_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
4497 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
4498 |
|
|
{
|
4499 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
4500 |
|
|
|
4501 |
|
|
/* See if it's something we've already deal with. */
|
4502 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
4503 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_SET)
|
4504 |
|
|
return type;
|
4505 |
|
|
|
4506 |
|
|
/* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */
|
4507 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_SET;
|
4508 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dset.bitlength / 8;
|
4509 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
|
4510 |
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dset.subtype,
|
4511 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4512 |
|
|
return type;
|
4513 |
|
|
}
|
4514 |
|
|
|
4515 |
|
|
/* Read in and internalize an array debug symbol. */
|
4516 |
|
|
|
4517 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4518 |
|
|
hpread_read_array_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
4519 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
4520 |
|
|
{
|
4521 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
4522 |
|
|
|
4523 |
|
|
/* Allocate an array type symbol.
|
4524 |
|
|
* Why no check for already-read here, like in the other
|
4525 |
|
|
* hpread_read_xxx_type routines? Because it kept us
|
4526 |
|
|
* from properly determining the size of the array!
|
4527 |
|
|
*/
|
4528 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
4529 |
|
|
|
4530 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY;
|
4531 |
|
|
|
4532 |
|
|
/* Although the hp-symtab.h does not *require* this to be the case,
|
4533 |
|
|
* GDB is assuming that "arrayisbytes" and "elemisbytes" be consistent.
|
4534 |
|
|
* I.e., express both array-length and element-length in bits,
|
4535 |
|
|
* or express both array-length and element-length in bytes.
|
4536 |
|
|
*/
|
4537 |
|
|
if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes) ||
|
4538 |
|
|
(!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes)))
|
4539 |
|
|
{
|
4540 |
|
|
warning ("error in hpread_array_type.\n");
|
4541 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
4542 |
|
|
}
|
4543 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->darray.arraylength == 0x7fffffff)
|
4544 |
|
|
{
|
4545 |
|
|
/* The HP debug format represents char foo[]; as an array with
|
4546 |
|
|
* length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this
|
4547 |
|
|
* as an array of length zero.
|
4548 |
|
|
*/
|
4549 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
|
4550 |
|
|
}
|
4551 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes)
|
4552 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength;
|
4553 |
|
|
else /* arraylength is in bits */
|
4554 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength / 8;
|
4555 |
|
|
|
4556 |
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.elemtype,
|
4557 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4558 |
|
|
|
4559 |
|
|
/* The one "field" is used to store the subscript type */
|
4560 |
|
|
/* Since C and C++ multi-dimensional arrays are simply represented
|
4561 |
|
|
* as: array of array of ..., we only need one subscript-type
|
4562 |
|
|
* per array. This subscript type is typically a subrange of integer.
|
4563 |
|
|
* If this gets extended to support languages like Pascal, then
|
4564 |
|
|
* we need to fix this to represent multi-dimensional arrays properly.
|
4565 |
|
|
*/
|
4566 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1;
|
4567 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
|
4568 |
|
|
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field));
|
4569 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.indextype,
|
4570 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4571 |
|
|
return type;
|
4572 |
|
|
}
|
4573 |
|
|
|
4574 |
|
|
/* Read in and internalize a subrange debug symbol. */
|
4575 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4576 |
|
|
hpread_read_subrange_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
|
4577 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
4578 |
|
|
{
|
4579 |
|
|
struct type *type;
|
4580 |
|
|
|
4581 |
|
|
/* Is it something we've already dealt with. */
|
4582 |
|
|
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
|
4583 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
|
4584 |
|
|
return type;
|
4585 |
|
|
|
4586 |
|
|
/* Nope, internalize it. */
|
4587 |
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
|
4588 |
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dsubr.bitlength / 8;
|
4589 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 2;
|
4590 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type)
|
4591 |
|
|
= (struct field *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
|
4592 |
|
|
2 * sizeof (struct field));
|
4593 |
|
|
|
4594 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_low)
|
4595 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = 0;
|
4596 |
|
|
else
|
4597 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = dn_bufp->dsubr.lowbound;
|
4598 |
|
|
|
4599 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_high)
|
4600 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = -1;
|
4601 |
|
|
else
|
4602 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = dn_bufp->dsubr.highbound;
|
4603 |
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsubr.subtype,
|
4604 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4605 |
|
|
return type;
|
4606 |
|
|
}
|
4607 |
|
|
|
4608 |
|
|
/* struct type * hpread_type_lookup(hp_type, objfile)
|
4609 |
|
|
* Arguments:
|
4610 |
|
|
* hp_type: A pointer into the DNTT specifying what type we
|
4611 |
|
|
* are about to "look up"., or else [for fundamental types
|
4612 |
|
|
* like int, float, ...] an "immediate" structure describing
|
4613 |
|
|
* the type.
|
4614 |
|
|
* objfile: ?
|
4615 |
|
|
* Return value: A pointer to a "struct type" (representation of a
|
4616 |
|
|
* type in GDB's internal symbol table - see gdbtypes.h)
|
4617 |
|
|
* Routine description:
|
4618 |
|
|
* There are a variety of places when scanning the DNTT when we
|
4619 |
|
|
* need to interpret a "type" field. The simplest and most basic
|
4620 |
|
|
* example is when we're processing the symbol table record
|
4621 |
|
|
* for a data symbol (a SVAR or DVAR record). That has
|
4622 |
|
|
* a "type" field specifying the type of the data symbol. That
|
4623 |
|
|
* "type" field is either an "immediate" type specification (for the
|
4624 |
|
|
* fundamental types) or a DNTT pointer (for more complicated types).
|
4625 |
|
|
* For the more complicated types, we may or may not have already
|
4626 |
|
|
* processed the pointed-to type. (Multiple data symbols can of course
|
4627 |
|
|
* share the same type).
|
4628 |
|
|
* The job of hpread_type_lookup() is to process this "type" field.
|
4629 |
|
|
* Most of the real work is done in subroutines. Here we interpret
|
4630 |
|
|
* the immediate flag. If not immediate, chase the DNTT pointer to
|
4631 |
|
|
* find our way to the SOM record describing the type, switch on
|
4632 |
|
|
* the SOM kind, and then call an appropriate subroutine depending
|
4633 |
|
|
* on what kind of type we are constructing. (e.g., an array type,
|
4634 |
|
|
* a struct/class type, etc).
|
4635 |
|
|
*/
|
4636 |
|
|
static struct type *
|
4637 |
|
|
hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
|
4638 |
|
|
{
|
4639 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
|
4640 |
|
|
struct type *tmp_type;
|
4641 |
|
|
|
4642 |
|
|
/* First see if it's a simple builtin type. */
|
4643 |
|
|
if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
|
4644 |
|
|
{
|
4645 |
|
|
/* If this is a template argument, the argument number is
|
4646 |
|
|
* encoded in the bitlength. All other cases, just return
|
4647 |
|
|
* GDB's representation of this fundamental type.
|
4648 |
|
|
*/
|
4649 |
|
|
if (hp_type.dntti.type == HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
|
4650 |
|
|
return hpread_get_nth_template_arg (objfile, hp_type.dntti.bitlength);
|
4651 |
|
|
else
|
4652 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile,
|
4653 |
|
|
hpread_type_translate (hp_type));
|
4654 |
|
|
}
|
4655 |
|
|
|
4656 |
|
|
/* Not a builtin type. We'll have to read it in. */
|
4657 |
|
|
if (hp_type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
|
4658 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_type.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
4659 |
|
|
else
|
4660 |
|
|
/* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
|
4661 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
|
4662 |
|
|
|
4663 |
|
|
switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
|
4664 |
|
|
{
|
4665 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
|
4666 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
4667 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
|
4668 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
4669 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
|
4670 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
|
4671 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
|
4672 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
|
4673 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
|
4674 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
|
4675 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
|
4676 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
|
4677 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
|
4678 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
|
4679 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
|
4680 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
|
4681 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
|
4682 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
|
4683 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
|
4684 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
|
4685 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
|
4686 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
|
4687 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
|
4688 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
|
4689 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
|
4690 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
|
4691 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
|
4692 |
|
|
/* These are not types - something went wrong. */
|
4693 |
|
|
/* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
|
4694 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
|
4695 |
|
|
|
4696 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
4697 |
|
|
/* We wind up here when dealing with class member functions
|
4698 |
|
|
* (called from hpread_read_struct_type(), i.e. when processing
|
4699 |
|
|
* the class definition itself).
|
4700 |
|
|
*/
|
4701 |
|
|
return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4702 |
|
|
|
4703 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
|
4704 |
|
|
return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4705 |
|
|
|
4706 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
|
4707 |
|
|
{
|
4708 |
|
|
/* A typedef - chase it down by making a recursive call */
|
4709 |
|
|
struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
|
4710 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4711 |
|
|
|
4712 |
|
|
/* The following came from the base hpread.c that we inherited.
|
4713 |
|
|
* It is WRONG so I have commented it out. - RT
|
4714 |
|
|
*...
|
4715 |
|
|
|
4716 |
|
|
char *suffix;
|
4717 |
|
|
suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
|
4718 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
|
4719 |
|
|
|
4720 |
|
|
* ... further explanation ....
|
4721 |
|
|
*
|
4722 |
|
|
* What we have here is a typedef pointing to a typedef.
|
4723 |
|
|
* E.g.,
|
4724 |
|
|
* typedef int foo;
|
4725 |
|
|
* typedef foo fum;
|
4726 |
|
|
*
|
4727 |
|
|
* What we desire to build is (these are pictures
|
4728 |
|
|
* of "struct type"'s):
|
4729 |
|
|
*
|
4730 |
|
|
* +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
|
4731 |
|
|
* | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
|
4732 |
|
|
* | type| -> | type| -> | |
|
4733 |
|
|
* | "fum" | | "foo" | | "int" |
|
4734 |
|
|
* +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
|
4735 |
|
|
*
|
4736 |
|
|
* What this commented-out code is doing is smashing the
|
4737 |
|
|
* name of pointed-to-type to be the same as the pointed-from
|
4738 |
|
|
* type. So we wind up with something like:
|
4739 |
|
|
*
|
4740 |
|
|
* +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
|
4741 |
|
|
* | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
|
4742 |
|
|
* | type| -> | type| -> | |
|
4743 |
|
|
* | "fum" | | "fum" | | "fum" |
|
4744 |
|
|
* +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
|
4745 |
|
|
*
|
4746 |
|
|
*/
|
4747 |
|
|
|
4748 |
|
|
return structtype;
|
4749 |
|
|
}
|
4750 |
|
|
|
4751 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
|
4752 |
|
|
{
|
4753 |
|
|
/* Just a little different from above. We have to tack on
|
4754 |
|
|
* an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, class, etc).
|
4755 |
|
|
*/
|
4756 |
|
|
struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
|
4757 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4758 |
|
|
char *prefix, *suffix;
|
4759 |
|
|
suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
|
4760 |
|
|
|
4761 |
|
|
/* Lookup the next type in the list. It should be a structure,
|
4762 |
|
|
* union, class, enum, or template type.
|
4763 |
|
|
* We will need to attach that to our name.
|
4764 |
|
|
*/
|
4765 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
|
4766 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
4767 |
|
|
else
|
4768 |
|
|
{
|
4769 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_type_lookup_complaint);
|
4770 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
4771 |
|
|
}
|
4772 |
|
|
|
4773 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
|
4774 |
|
|
{
|
4775 |
|
|
prefix = "struct ";
|
4776 |
|
|
}
|
4777 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
|
4778 |
|
|
{
|
4779 |
|
|
prefix = "union ";
|
4780 |
|
|
}
|
4781 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
|
4782 |
|
|
{
|
4783 |
|
|
/* Further field for CLASS saying how it was really declared */
|
4784 |
|
|
/* 0==class, 1==union, 2==struct */
|
4785 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 0)
|
4786 |
|
|
prefix = "class ";
|
4787 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 1)
|
4788 |
|
|
prefix = "union ";
|
4789 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 2)
|
4790 |
|
|
prefix = "struct ";
|
4791 |
|
|
else
|
4792 |
|
|
prefix = "";
|
4793 |
|
|
}
|
4794 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM)
|
4795 |
|
|
{
|
4796 |
|
|
prefix = "enum ";
|
4797 |
|
|
}
|
4798 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
4799 |
|
|
{
|
4800 |
|
|
prefix = "template ";
|
4801 |
|
|
}
|
4802 |
|
|
else
|
4803 |
|
|
{
|
4804 |
|
|
prefix = "";
|
4805 |
|
|
}
|
4806 |
|
|
|
4807 |
|
|
/* Build the correct name. */
|
4808 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (structtype)
|
4809 |
|
|
= (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
|
4810 |
|
|
strlen (prefix) + strlen (suffix) + 1);
|
4811 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcpy (TYPE_NAME (structtype), prefix);
|
4812 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcat (TYPE_NAME (structtype), suffix);
|
4813 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
|
4814 |
|
|
|
4815 |
|
|
/* For classes/structs, we have to set the static member "physnames"
|
4816 |
|
|
to point to strings like "Class::Member" */
|
4817 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (structtype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
|
4818 |
|
|
fix_static_member_physnames (structtype, suffix, objfile);
|
4819 |
|
|
|
4820 |
|
|
return structtype;
|
4821 |
|
|
}
|
4822 |
|
|
|
4823 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
|
4824 |
|
|
/* Pointer type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
|
4825 |
|
|
* the appropriate GDB type.
|
4826 |
|
|
*/
|
4827 |
|
|
return make_pointer_type (
|
4828 |
|
|
hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto,
|
4829 |
|
|
objfile),
|
4830 |
|
|
NULL);
|
4831 |
|
|
|
4832 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
|
4833 |
|
|
/* C++ reference type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
|
4834 |
|
|
* the appropriate GDB type.
|
4835 |
|
|
*/
|
4836 |
|
|
return make_reference_type (
|
4837 |
|
|
hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dreference.pointsto,
|
4838 |
|
|
objfile),
|
4839 |
|
|
NULL);
|
4840 |
|
|
|
4841 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
|
4842 |
|
|
return hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4843 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
|
4844 |
|
|
return hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4845 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
|
4846 |
|
|
return hpread_read_subrange_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4847 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
|
4848 |
|
|
return hpread_read_array_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4849 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
|
4850 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
|
4851 |
|
|
return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4852 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
|
4853 |
|
|
return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfield.type, objfile);
|
4854 |
|
|
|
4855 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
|
4856 |
|
|
/* Here we want to read the function SOMs and return a
|
4857 |
|
|
* type for it. We get here, for instance, when processing
|
4858 |
|
|
* pointer-to-function type.
|
4859 |
|
|
*/
|
4860 |
|
|
return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4861 |
|
|
|
4862 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
|
4863 |
|
|
/* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type.
|
4864 |
|
|
* The "pointsto" field defines the class,
|
4865 |
|
|
* while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
|
4866 |
|
|
*/
|
4867 |
|
|
{
|
4868 |
|
|
struct type *ptrmemtype;
|
4869 |
|
|
struct type *class_type;
|
4870 |
|
|
struct type *memtype;
|
4871 |
|
|
memtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
|
4872 |
|
|
objfile),
|
4873 |
|
|
class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
|
4874 |
|
|
objfile),
|
4875 |
|
|
ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
|
4876 |
|
|
smash_to_member_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, memtype);
|
4877 |
|
|
return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
|
4878 |
|
|
}
|
4879 |
|
|
break;
|
4880 |
|
|
|
4881 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
|
4882 |
|
|
/* Defines a C++ pointer-to-function-member type.
|
4883 |
|
|
* The "pointsto" field defines the class,
|
4884 |
|
|
* while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
|
4885 |
|
|
*/
|
4886 |
|
|
{
|
4887 |
|
|
struct type *ptrmemtype;
|
4888 |
|
|
struct type *class_type;
|
4889 |
|
|
struct type *functype;
|
4890 |
|
|
struct type *retvaltype;
|
4891 |
|
|
int nargs;
|
4892 |
|
|
int i;
|
4893 |
|
|
class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
|
4894 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4895 |
|
|
functype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
|
4896 |
|
|
objfile);
|
4897 |
|
|
retvaltype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (functype);
|
4898 |
|
|
nargs = TYPE_NFIELDS (functype);
|
4899 |
|
|
ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
|
4900 |
|
|
|
4901 |
|
|
smash_to_method_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, retvaltype,
|
4902 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (functype),
|
4903 |
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (functype),
|
4904 |
|
|
0);
|
4905 |
|
|
return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
|
4906 |
|
|
}
|
4907 |
|
|
break;
|
4908 |
|
|
|
4909 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
|
4910 |
|
|
return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4911 |
|
|
|
4912 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
|
4913 |
|
|
/* Chase pointer from GENFIELD to FIELD, and make recursive
|
4914 |
|
|
* call on that.
|
4915 |
|
|
*/
|
4916 |
|
|
return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dgenfield.field, objfile);
|
4917 |
|
|
|
4918 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
|
4919 |
|
|
/* C++ virtual function.
|
4920 |
|
|
* We get here in the course of processing a class type which
|
4921 |
|
|
* contains virtual functions. Just go through another level
|
4922 |
|
|
* of indirection to get to the pointed-to function SOM.
|
4923 |
|
|
*/
|
4924 |
|
|
return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dvfunc.funcptr, objfile);
|
4925 |
|
|
|
4926 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
|
4927 |
|
|
/* Check the modifiers and then just make a recursive call on
|
4928 |
|
|
* the "type" pointed to by the modifier DNTT.
|
4929 |
|
|
*
|
4930 |
|
|
* pai:: FIXME -- do we ever want to handle "m_duplicate" and
|
4931 |
|
|
* "m_void" modifiers? Is static_flag really needed here?
|
4932 |
|
|
* (m_static used for methods of classes, elsewhere).
|
4933 |
|
|
*/
|
4934 |
|
|
tmp_type = make_cv_type (dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_const,
|
4935 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_volatile,
|
4936 |
|
|
hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dmodifier.type, objfile),
|
4937 |
|
|
0);
|
4938 |
|
|
return tmp_type;
|
4939 |
|
|
|
4940 |
|
|
|
4941 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
|
4942 |
|
|
/* Member function. Treat like a function.
|
4943 |
|
|
* I think we get here in the course of processing a
|
4944 |
|
|
* pointer-to-member-function type...
|
4945 |
|
|
*/
|
4946 |
|
|
return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4947 |
|
|
|
4948 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
|
4949 |
|
|
return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4950 |
|
|
|
4951 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
|
4952 |
|
|
/* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
|
4953 |
|
|
* which like a class, points to a member list and also points
|
4954 |
|
|
* to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
|
4955 |
|
|
*/
|
4956 |
|
|
return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
|
4957 |
|
|
|
4958 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
|
4959 |
|
|
{
|
4960 |
|
|
char *name;
|
4961 |
|
|
/* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
|
4962 |
|
|
* TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
|
4963 |
|
|
* of the type-arguments.
|
4964 |
|
|
*/
|
4965 |
|
|
name = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtempl_arg.name;
|
4966 |
|
|
return hpread_read_templ_arg_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, name);
|
4967 |
|
|
}
|
4968 |
|
|
|
4969 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
|
4970 |
|
|
/* We wind up here when processing a TEMPLATE type,
|
4971 |
|
|
* if the template has member function(s).
|
4972 |
|
|
* Treat it like a FUNCTION.
|
4973 |
|
|
*/
|
4974 |
|
|
return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
|
4975 |
|
|
|
4976 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
|
4977 |
|
|
/* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations.
|
4978 |
|
|
* There is no type associated with the LINK record per se.
|
4979 |
|
|
*/
|
4980 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
|
4981 |
|
|
|
4982 |
|
|
/* Also not yet handled... */
|
4983 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC: */
|
4984 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE: */
|
4985 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT: */
|
4986 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN: */
|
4987 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST: */
|
4988 |
|
|
/* case DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS: */
|
4989 |
|
|
default:
|
4990 |
|
|
/* A fancy way of returning NULL */
|
4991 |
|
|
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
|
4992 |
|
|
}
|
4993 |
|
|
}
|
4994 |
|
|
|
4995 |
|
|
static sltpointer
|
4996 |
|
|
hpread_record_lines (struct subfile *subfile, sltpointer s_idx,
|
4997 |
|
|
sltpointer e_idx, struct objfile *objfile,
|
4998 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR offset)
|
4999 |
|
|
{
|
5000 |
|
|
union sltentry *sl_bufp;
|
5001 |
|
|
|
5002 |
|
|
while (s_idx <= e_idx)
|
5003 |
|
|
{
|
5004 |
|
|
sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (s_idx, objfile);
|
5005 |
|
|
/* Only record "normal" entries in the SLT. */
|
5006 |
|
|
if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL
|
5007 |
|
|
|| sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_EXIT)
|
5008 |
|
|
record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snorm.line,
|
5009 |
|
|
sl_bufp->snorm.address + offset);
|
5010 |
|
|
else if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
|
5011 |
|
|
record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snormoff.line,
|
5012 |
|
|
sl_bufp->snormoff.address + offset);
|
5013 |
|
|
s_idx++;
|
5014 |
|
|
}
|
5015 |
|
|
return e_idx;
|
5016 |
|
|
}
|
5017 |
|
|
|
5018 |
|
|
/* Given a function "f" which is a member of a class, find
|
5019 |
|
|
* the classname that it is a member of. Used to construct
|
5020 |
|
|
* the name (e.g., "c::f") which GDB will put in the
|
5021 |
|
|
* "demangled name" field of the function's symbol.
|
5022 |
|
|
* Called from hpread_process_one_debug_symbol()
|
5023 |
|
|
* If "f" is not a member function, return NULL.
|
5024 |
|
|
*/
|
5025 |
|
|
char *
|
5026 |
|
|
class_of (struct type *functype)
|
5027 |
|
|
{
|
5028 |
|
|
struct type *first_param_type;
|
5029 |
|
|
char *first_param_name;
|
5030 |
|
|
struct type *pointed_to_type;
|
5031 |
|
|
char *class_name;
|
5032 |
|
|
|
5033 |
|
|
/* Check that the function has a first argument "this",
|
5034 |
|
|
* and that "this" is a pointer to a class. If not,
|
5035 |
|
|
* functype is not a member function, so return NULL.
|
5036 |
|
|
*/
|
5037 |
|
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (functype) == 0)
|
5038 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5039 |
|
|
first_param_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (functype, 0);
|
5040 |
|
|
if (first_param_name == NULL)
|
5041 |
|
|
return NULL; /* paranoia */
|
5042 |
|
|
if (strcmp (first_param_name, "this"))
|
5043 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5044 |
|
|
first_param_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, 0);
|
5045 |
|
|
if (first_param_type == NULL)
|
5046 |
|
|
return NULL; /* paranoia */
|
5047 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (first_param_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
|
5048 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5049 |
|
|
|
5050 |
|
|
/* Get the thing that "this" points to, check that
|
5051 |
|
|
* it's a class, and get its class name.
|
5052 |
|
|
*/
|
5053 |
|
|
pointed_to_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (first_param_type);
|
5054 |
|
|
if (pointed_to_type == NULL)
|
5055 |
|
|
return NULL; /* paranoia */
|
5056 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (pointed_to_type) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS)
|
5057 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
5058 |
|
|
class_name = TYPE_NAME (pointed_to_type);
|
5059 |
|
|
if (class_name == NULL)
|
5060 |
|
|
return NULL; /* paranoia */
|
5061 |
|
|
|
5062 |
|
|
/* The class name may be of the form "class c", in which case
|
5063 |
|
|
* we want to strip off the leading "class ".
|
5064 |
|
|
*/
|
5065 |
|
|
if (strncmp (class_name, "class ", 6) == 0)
|
5066 |
|
|
class_name += 6;
|
5067 |
|
|
|
5068 |
|
|
return class_name;
|
5069 |
|
|
}
|
5070 |
|
|
|
5071 |
|
|
/* Internalize one native debug symbol.
|
5072 |
|
|
* Called in a loop from hpread_expand_symtab().
|
5073 |
|
|
* Arguments:
|
5074 |
|
|
* dn_bufp:
|
5075 |
|
|
* name:
|
5076 |
|
|
* section_offsets:
|
5077 |
|
|
* objfile:
|
5078 |
|
|
* text_offset:
|
5079 |
|
|
* text_size:
|
5080 |
|
|
* filename:
|
5081 |
|
|
* index: Index of this symbol
|
5082 |
|
|
* at_module_boundary_p Pointer to boolean flag to control caller's loop.
|
5083 |
|
|
*/
|
5084 |
|
|
|
5085 |
|
|
static void
|
5086 |
|
|
hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, char *name,
|
5087 |
|
|
struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
|
5088 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR text_offset,
|
5089 |
|
|
int text_size, char *filename, int index,
|
5090 |
|
|
int *at_module_boundary_p)
|
5091 |
|
|
{
|
5092 |
|
|
unsigned long desc;
|
5093 |
|
|
int type;
|
5094 |
|
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
5095 |
|
|
int offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
|
5096 |
|
|
int data_offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
|
5097 |
|
|
union dnttentry *dn_temp;
|
5098 |
|
|
dnttpointer hp_type;
|
5099 |
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
5100 |
|
|
struct context_stack *new;
|
5101 |
|
|
char *class_scope_name;
|
5102 |
|
|
|
5103 |
|
|
/* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */
|
5104 |
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
5105 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symbol));
|
5106 |
|
|
memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
5107 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), &objfile->symbol_obstack);
|
5108 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_auto;
|
5109 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
5110 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = 0;
|
5111 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = 0;
|
5112 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
5113 |
|
|
|
5114 |
|
|
/* Just a trick in case the SOM debug symbol is a type definition.
|
5115 |
|
|
* There are routines that are set up to build a GDB type symbol, given
|
5116 |
|
|
* a SOM dnttpointer. So we set up a dummy SOM dnttpointer "hp_type".
|
5117 |
|
|
* This allows us to call those same routines.
|
5118 |
|
|
*/
|
5119 |
|
|
hp_type.dnttp.extension = 1;
|
5120 |
|
|
hp_type.dnttp.immediate = 0;
|
5121 |
|
|
hp_type.dnttp.global = 0;
|
5122 |
|
|
hp_type.dnttp.index = index;
|
5123 |
|
|
|
5124 |
|
|
/* This "type" is the type of SOM record.
|
5125 |
|
|
* Switch on SOM type.
|
5126 |
|
|
*/
|
5127 |
|
|
type = dn_bufp->dblock.kind;
|
5128 |
|
|
switch (type)
|
5129 |
|
|
{
|
5130 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
|
5131 |
|
|
/* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or
|
5132 |
|
|
* include file any following data comes. It may indicate:
|
5133 |
|
|
*
|
5134 |
|
|
* o The start of an entirely new source file (and thus
|
5135 |
|
|
* a new module)
|
5136 |
|
|
*
|
5137 |
|
|
* o The start of a different source file due to #include
|
5138 |
|
|
*
|
5139 |
|
|
* o The end of an include file and the return to the original
|
5140 |
|
|
* file. Thus if "foo.c" includes "bar.h", we see first
|
5141 |
|
|
* a SRCFILE for foo.c, then one for bar.h, and then one for
|
5142 |
|
|
* foo.c again.
|
5143 |
|
|
*
|
5144 |
|
|
* If it indicates the start of a new module then we must
|
5145 |
|
|
* finish the symbol table of the previous module
|
5146 |
|
|
* (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table.
|
5147 |
|
|
*/
|
5148 |
|
|
|
5149 |
|
|
valu = text_offset;
|
5150 |
|
|
if (!last_source_file)
|
5151 |
|
|
{
|
5152 |
|
|
/*
|
5153 |
|
|
* A note on "last_source_file": this is a char* pointing
|
5154 |
|
|
* to the actual file name. "start_symtab" sets it,
|
5155 |
|
|
* "end_symtab" clears it.
|
5156 |
|
|
*
|
5157 |
|
|
* So if "last_source_file" is NULL, then either this is
|
5158 |
|
|
* the first record we are looking at, or a previous call
|
5159 |
|
|
* to "end_symtab()" was made to close out the previous
|
5160 |
|
|
* module. Since we're now quitting the scan loop when we
|
5161 |
|
|
* see a MODULE END record, we should never get here, except
|
5162 |
|
|
* in the case that we're not using the quick look-up tables
|
5163 |
|
|
* and have to use the old system as a fall-back.
|
5164 |
|
|
*/
|
5165 |
|
|
start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
|
5166 |
|
|
record_debugformat ("HP");
|
5167 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dsfile.address;
|
5168 |
|
|
}
|
5169 |
|
|
|
5170 |
|
|
else
|
5171 |
|
|
{
|
5172 |
|
|
/* Either a new include file, or a SRCFILE record
|
5173 |
|
|
* saying we are back in the main source (or out of
|
5174 |
|
|
* a nested include file) again.
|
5175 |
|
|
*/
|
5176 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5177 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5178 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dsfile.address,
|
5179 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5180 |
|
|
}
|
5181 |
|
|
|
5182 |
|
|
/* A note on "start_subfile". This routine will check
|
5183 |
|
|
* the name we pass it and look for an existing subfile
|
5184 |
|
|
* of that name. There's thus only one sub-file for the
|
5185 |
|
|
* actual source (e.g. for "foo.c" in foo.c), despite the
|
5186 |
|
|
* fact that we'll see lots of SRCFILE entries for foo.c
|
5187 |
|
|
* inside foo.c.
|
5188 |
|
|
*/
|
5189 |
|
|
start_subfile (name, NULL);
|
5190 |
|
|
break;
|
5191 |
|
|
|
5192 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
5193 |
|
|
/*
|
5194 |
|
|
* We no longer ignore DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols. The module
|
5195 |
|
|
* represents the meaningful semantic structure of a compilation
|
5196 |
|
|
* unit. We expect to start the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
|
5197 |
|
|
* looking at a MODULE entry, and to end it at the corresponding
|
5198 |
|
|
* END MODULE entry.
|
5199 |
|
|
*
|
5200 |
|
|
*--Begin outdated comments
|
5201 |
|
|
*
|
5202 |
|
|
* This record signifies the start of a new source module
|
5203 |
|
|
* In C/C++ there is no explicit "module" construct in the language,
|
5204 |
|
|
* but each compilation unit is implicitly a module and they
|
5205 |
|
|
* do emit the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE records.
|
5206 |
|
|
* The end of the module is marked by a matching DNTT_TYPE_END record.
|
5207 |
|
|
*
|
5208 |
|
|
* The reason GDB gets away with ignoring the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE record
|
5209 |
|
|
* is it notices the DNTT_TYPE_END record for the previous
|
5210 |
|
|
* module (see comments under DNTT_TYPE_END case), and then treats
|
5211 |
|
|
* the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE record as if it were the module-start record.
|
5212 |
|
|
* (i.e., it makes a start_symtab() call).
|
5213 |
|
|
* This scheme seems a little convoluted, but I'll leave it
|
5214 |
|
|
* alone on the principle "if it ain't broke don't fix
|
5215 |
|
|
* it". (RT).
|
5216 |
|
|
*
|
5217 |
|
|
*-- End outdated comments
|
5218 |
|
|
*/
|
5219 |
|
|
|
5220 |
|
|
valu = text_offset;
|
5221 |
|
|
if (!last_source_file)
|
5222 |
|
|
{
|
5223 |
|
|
/* Start of a new module. We know this because "last_source_file"
|
5224 |
|
|
* is NULL, which can only happen the first time or if we just
|
5225 |
|
|
* made a call to end_symtab() to close out the previous module.
|
5226 |
|
|
*/
|
5227 |
|
|
start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
|
5228 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dmodule.address;
|
5229 |
|
|
}
|
5230 |
|
|
else
|
5231 |
|
|
{
|
5232 |
|
|
/* This really shouldn't happen if we're using the quick
|
5233 |
|
|
* look-up tables, as it would mean we'd scanned past an
|
5234 |
|
|
* END MODULE entry. But if we're not using the tables,
|
5235 |
|
|
* we started the module on the SRCFILE entry, so it's ok.
|
5236 |
|
|
* For now, accept this.
|
5237 |
|
|
*/
|
5238 |
|
|
/* warning( "Error expanding psymtab, missed module end, found entry for %s",
|
5239 |
|
|
* name );
|
5240 |
|
|
*/
|
5241 |
|
|
*at_module_boundary_p = -1;
|
5242 |
|
|
}
|
5243 |
|
|
|
5244 |
|
|
start_subfile (name, NULL);
|
5245 |
|
|
break;
|
5246 |
|
|
|
5247 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
5248 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
|
5249 |
|
|
/* A function or secondary entry point. */
|
5250 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + offset;
|
5251 |
|
|
|
5252 |
|
|
/* Record lines up to this point. */
|
5253 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5254 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5255 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dfunc.address,
|
5256 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5257 |
|
|
|
5258 |
|
|
WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1;
|
5259 |
|
|
CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu;
|
5260 |
|
|
|
5261 |
|
|
/* Stack must be empty now. */
|
5262 |
|
|
if (context_stack_depth != 0)
|
5263 |
|
|
complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
|
5264 |
|
|
new = push_context (0, valu);
|
5265 |
|
|
|
5266 |
|
|
/* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
|
5267 |
|
|
* the symbol records for the function parameters.
|
5268 |
|
|
*/
|
5269 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
5270 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
|
5271 |
|
|
|
5272 |
|
|
/* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
|
5273 |
|
|
* (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
|
5274 |
|
|
* if that exists.
|
5275 |
|
|
*/
|
5276 |
|
|
if ((dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
|
5277 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
|
5278 |
|
|
*(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
|
5279 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias;
|
5280 |
|
|
else
|
5281 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
|
5282 |
|
|
|
5283 |
|
|
/* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
|
5284 |
|
|
* reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
|
5285 |
|
|
if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
|
5286 |
|
|
(strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name, "main") == 0))
|
5287 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
|
5288 |
|
|
|
5289 |
|
|
/* The SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME field is expected to
|
5290 |
|
|
* be the demangled name.
|
5291 |
|
|
*/
|
5292 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
|
5293 |
|
|
{
|
5294 |
|
|
/* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
|
5295 |
|
|
* calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
|
5296 |
|
|
* do the job. This generally does the job, even though
|
5297 |
|
|
* it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
|
5298 |
|
|
* Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
|
5299 |
|
|
* demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
|
5300 |
|
|
* Generally, we don't want params when we display
|
5301 |
|
|
* a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
|
5302 |
|
|
* some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
|
5303 |
|
|
* working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
|
5304 |
|
|
*/
|
5305 |
|
|
SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
|
5306 |
|
|
if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias) &&
|
5307 |
|
|
(!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
|
5308 |
|
|
{
|
5309 |
|
|
|
5310 |
|
|
/* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
|
5311 |
|
|
* demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
|
5312 |
|
|
* field is still NULL. Try to
|
5313 |
|
|
* do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
|
5314 |
|
|
* in the SOM record. A complication here is that
|
5315 |
|
|
* the name field contains only the function name
|
5316 |
|
|
* (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
|
5317 |
|
|
* (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
|
5318 |
|
|
*/
|
5319 |
|
|
char *basename;
|
5320 |
|
|
char *classname;
|
5321 |
|
|
char *dem_name;
|
5322 |
|
|
basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
|
5323 |
|
|
classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
5324 |
|
|
if (classname)
|
5325 |
|
|
{
|
5326 |
|
|
dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
|
5327 |
|
|
strcpy (dem_name, classname);
|
5328 |
|
|
strcat (dem_name, "::");
|
5329 |
|
|
strcat (dem_name, basename);
|
5330 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
|
5331 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
|
5332 |
|
|
}
|
5333 |
|
|
}
|
5334 |
|
|
}
|
5335 |
|
|
|
5336 |
|
|
/* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
|
5337 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
|
5338 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5339 |
|
|
else
|
5340 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5341 |
|
|
new->name = sym;
|
5342 |
|
|
|
5343 |
|
|
/* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
|
5344 |
|
|
* in the line info up to that point.
|
5345 |
|
|
* Not sure why this is needed.
|
5346 |
|
|
* In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
|
5347 |
|
|
* may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
|
5348 |
|
|
* So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
|
5349 |
|
|
*/
|
5350 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
|
5351 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
|
5352 |
|
|
{
|
5353 |
|
|
while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
|
5354 |
|
|
{
|
5355 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
|
5356 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
|
5357 |
|
|
continue;
|
5358 |
|
|
}
|
5359 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5360 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5361 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
|
5362 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5363 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
|
5364 |
|
|
}
|
5365 |
|
|
record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
|
5366 |
|
|
break;
|
5367 |
|
|
|
5368 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
|
5369 |
|
|
valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + offset;
|
5370 |
|
|
|
5371 |
|
|
/* Record lines up to this point. */
|
5372 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5373 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5374 |
|
|
dn_bufp->ddocfunc.address,
|
5375 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5376 |
|
|
|
5377 |
|
|
WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1;
|
5378 |
|
|
CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu;
|
5379 |
|
|
/* Stack must be empty now. */
|
5380 |
|
|
if (context_stack_depth != 0)
|
5381 |
|
|
complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
|
5382 |
|
|
new = push_context (0, valu);
|
5383 |
|
|
|
5384 |
|
|
/* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
|
5385 |
|
|
* the symbol records for the function parameters.
|
5386 |
|
|
*/
|
5387 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
5388 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
|
5389 |
|
|
|
5390 |
|
|
/* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
|
5391 |
|
|
* (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
|
5392 |
|
|
* if that exists.
|
5393 |
|
|
*/
|
5394 |
|
|
if ((dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
|
5395 |
|
|
dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
|
5396 |
|
|
*(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
|
5397 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias;
|
5398 |
|
|
else
|
5399 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
|
5400 |
|
|
|
5401 |
|
|
/* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
|
5402 |
|
|
* reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
|
5403 |
|
|
if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
|
5404 |
|
|
(strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name, "main") == 0))
|
5405 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
|
5406 |
|
|
|
5407 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
|
5408 |
|
|
{
|
5409 |
|
|
|
5410 |
|
|
/* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
|
5411 |
|
|
* calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
|
5412 |
|
|
* do the job. This generally does the job, even though
|
5413 |
|
|
* it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
|
5414 |
|
|
* Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
|
5415 |
|
|
* demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
|
5416 |
|
|
* Generally, we don't want params when we display
|
5417 |
|
|
* a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
|
5418 |
|
|
* some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
|
5419 |
|
|
* working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
|
5420 |
|
|
*/
|
5421 |
|
|
SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
|
5422 |
|
|
|
5423 |
|
|
if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias) &&
|
5424 |
|
|
(!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
|
5425 |
|
|
{
|
5426 |
|
|
|
5427 |
|
|
/* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
|
5428 |
|
|
* demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
|
5429 |
|
|
* field is still NULL. Try to
|
5430 |
|
|
* do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
|
5431 |
|
|
* in the SOM record. A complication here is that
|
5432 |
|
|
* the name field contains only the function name
|
5433 |
|
|
* (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
|
5434 |
|
|
* (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
|
5435 |
|
|
*/
|
5436 |
|
|
char *basename;
|
5437 |
|
|
char *classname;
|
5438 |
|
|
char *dem_name;
|
5439 |
|
|
basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
|
5440 |
|
|
classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
|
5441 |
|
|
if (classname)
|
5442 |
|
|
{
|
5443 |
|
|
dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
|
5444 |
|
|
strcpy (dem_name, classname);
|
5445 |
|
|
strcat (dem_name, "::");
|
5446 |
|
|
strcat (dem_name, basename);
|
5447 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
|
5448 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
|
5449 |
|
|
}
|
5450 |
|
|
}
|
5451 |
|
|
}
|
5452 |
|
|
|
5453 |
|
|
/* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
|
5454 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
|
5455 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5456 |
|
|
else
|
5457 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5458 |
|
|
new->name = sym;
|
5459 |
|
|
|
5460 |
|
|
/* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
|
5461 |
|
|
* in the line info up to that point.
|
5462 |
|
|
* Not sure why this is needed.
|
5463 |
|
|
* In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
|
5464 |
|
|
* may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
|
5465 |
|
|
* So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
|
5466 |
|
|
*/
|
5467 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
|
5468 |
|
|
dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
|
5469 |
|
|
{
|
5470 |
|
|
while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
|
5471 |
|
|
{
|
5472 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
|
5473 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
|
5474 |
|
|
continue;
|
5475 |
|
|
}
|
5476 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5477 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5478 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
|
5479 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5480 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
|
5481 |
|
|
}
|
5482 |
|
|
record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
|
5483 |
|
|
break;
|
5484 |
|
|
|
5485 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
5486 |
|
|
/* Begin a new scope. */
|
5487 |
|
|
if (context_stack_depth == 1 /* this means we're at function level */ &&
|
5488 |
|
|
context_stack[0].name != NULL /* this means it's a function */ &&
|
5489 |
|
|
context_stack[0].depth == 0 /* this means it's the first BEGIN
|
5490 |
|
|
we've seen after the FUNCTION */
|
5491 |
|
|
)
|
5492 |
|
|
{
|
5493 |
|
|
/* This is the first BEGIN after a FUNCTION.
|
5494 |
|
|
* We ignore this one, since HP compilers always insert
|
5495 |
|
|
* at least one BEGIN, i.e. it's:
|
5496 |
|
|
*
|
5497 |
|
|
* FUNCTION
|
5498 |
|
|
* argument symbols
|
5499 |
|
|
* BEGIN
|
5500 |
|
|
* local symbols
|
5501 |
|
|
* (possibly nested BEGIN ... END's if there are inner { } blocks)
|
5502 |
|
|
* END
|
5503 |
|
|
* END
|
5504 |
|
|
*
|
5505 |
|
|
* By ignoring this first BEGIN, the local symbols get treated
|
5506 |
|
|
* as belonging to the function scope, and "print func::local_sym"
|
5507 |
|
|
* works (which is what we want).
|
5508 |
|
|
*/
|
5509 |
|
|
|
5510 |
|
|
/* All we do here is increase the depth count associated with
|
5511 |
|
|
* the FUNCTION entry in the context stack. This ensures that
|
5512 |
|
|
* the next BEGIN we see (if any), representing a real nested { }
|
5513 |
|
|
* block, will get processed.
|
5514 |
|
|
*/
|
5515 |
|
|
|
5516 |
|
|
context_stack[0].depth++;
|
5517 |
|
|
|
5518 |
|
|
}
|
5519 |
|
|
else
|
5520 |
|
|
{
|
5521 |
|
|
|
5522 |
|
|
/* Record lines up to this SLT pointer. */
|
5523 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5524 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5525 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
|
5526 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5527 |
|
|
/* Calculate start address of new scope */
|
5528 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
|
5529 |
|
|
valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
|
5530 |
|
|
/* We use the scope start DNTT index as nesting depth identifier! */
|
5531 |
|
|
desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
|
5532 |
|
|
new = push_context (desc, valu);
|
5533 |
|
|
}
|
5534 |
|
|
break;
|
5535 |
|
|
|
5536 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
|
5537 |
|
|
/* End a scope. */
|
5538 |
|
|
|
5539 |
|
|
/* Valid end kinds are:
|
5540 |
|
|
* MODULE
|
5541 |
|
|
* FUNCTION
|
5542 |
|
|
* WITH
|
5543 |
|
|
* COMMON
|
5544 |
|
|
* BEGIN
|
5545 |
|
|
* CLASS_SCOPE
|
5546 |
|
|
*/
|
5547 |
|
|
|
5548 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
5549 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
5550 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dend.address,
|
5551 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
5552 |
|
|
switch (dn_bufp->dend.endkind)
|
5553 |
|
|
{
|
5554 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
5555 |
|
|
/* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module.
|
5556 |
|
|
* Calling end_symtab() has the side effect of clearing the
|
5557 |
|
|
* last_source_file pointer, which in turn signals
|
5558 |
|
|
* process_one_debug_symbol() to treat the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE
|
5559 |
|
|
* record as a module-begin.
|
5560 |
|
|
*/
|
5561 |
|
|
valu = text_offset + text_size + offset;
|
5562 |
|
|
|
5563 |
|
|
/* Tell our caller that we're done with expanding the
|
5564 |
|
|
* debug information for a module.
|
5565 |
|
|
*/
|
5566 |
|
|
*at_module_boundary_p = 1;
|
5567 |
|
|
|
5568 |
|
|
/* Don't do this, as our caller will do it!
|
5569 |
|
|
|
5570 |
|
|
* (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, 0);
|
5571 |
|
|
*/
|
5572 |
|
|
break;
|
5573 |
|
|
|
5574 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
5575 |
|
|
/* Ending a function, well, ends the function's scope. */
|
5576 |
|
|
dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index,
|
5577 |
|
|
objfile);
|
5578 |
|
|
valu = dn_temp->dfunc.hiaddr + offset;
|
5579 |
|
|
/* Insert func params into local list */
|
5580 |
|
|
merge_symbol_lists (¶m_symbols, &local_symbols);
|
5581 |
|
|
new = pop_context ();
|
5582 |
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
5583 |
|
|
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
|
5584 |
|
|
new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
|
5585 |
|
|
WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0; /* This may have to change for Pascal */
|
5586 |
|
|
local_symbols = new->locals;
|
5587 |
|
|
param_symbols = new->params;
|
5588 |
|
|
break;
|
5589 |
|
|
|
5590 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
5591 |
|
|
if (context_stack_depth == 1 &&
|
5592 |
|
|
context_stack[0].name != NULL &&
|
5593 |
|
|
context_stack[0].depth == 1)
|
5594 |
|
|
{
|
5595 |
|
|
/* This is the END corresponding to the
|
5596 |
|
|
* BEGIN which we ignored - see DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN case above.
|
5597 |
|
|
*/
|
5598 |
|
|
context_stack[0].depth--;
|
5599 |
|
|
}
|
5600 |
|
|
else
|
5601 |
|
|
{
|
5602 |
|
|
/* Ending a local scope. */
|
5603 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
|
5604 |
|
|
/* Why in the hell is this needed? */
|
5605 |
|
|
valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
|
5606 |
|
|
new = pop_context ();
|
5607 |
|
|
desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
|
5608 |
|
|
if (desc != new->depth)
|
5609 |
|
|
complain (&lbrac_mismatch_complaint, (char *) symnum);
|
5610 |
|
|
|
5611 |
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
5612 |
|
|
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
|
5613 |
|
|
new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
|
5614 |
|
|
local_symbols = new->locals;
|
5615 |
|
|
param_symbols = new->params;
|
5616 |
|
|
}
|
5617 |
|
|
break;
|
5618 |
|
|
|
5619 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
|
5620 |
|
|
/* Since we ignore the DNTT_TYPE_WITH that starts the scope,
|
5621 |
|
|
* we can ignore the DNTT_TYPE_END that ends it.
|
5622 |
|
|
*/
|
5623 |
|
|
break;
|
5624 |
|
|
|
5625 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
|
5626 |
|
|
/* End a FORTRAN common block. We don't currently handle these */
|
5627 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint);
|
5628 |
|
|
break;
|
5629 |
|
|
|
5630 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
|
5631 |
|
|
|
5632 |
|
|
/* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- must
|
5633 |
|
|
* maintain a stack */
|
5634 |
|
|
class_scope_name = NULL;
|
5635 |
|
|
|
5636 |
|
|
#if 0
|
5637 |
|
|
/* End a class scope */
|
5638 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
|
5639 |
|
|
/* Why in the hell is this needed? */
|
5640 |
|
|
valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
|
5641 |
|
|
new = pop_context ();
|
5642 |
|
|
desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
|
5643 |
|
|
if (desc != new->depth)
|
5644 |
|
|
complain (&lbrac_mismatch_complaint, (char *) symnum);
|
5645 |
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
5646 |
|
|
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
|
5647 |
|
|
new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
|
5648 |
|
|
local_symbols = new->locals;
|
5649 |
|
|
param_symbols = new->params;
|
5650 |
|
|
#endif
|
5651 |
|
|
break;
|
5652 |
|
|
|
5653 |
|
|
default:
|
5654 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_unexpected_end_complaint);
|
5655 |
|
|
break;
|
5656 |
|
|
}
|
5657 |
|
|
break;
|
5658 |
|
|
|
5659 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT is not handled */
|
5660 |
|
|
|
5661 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
|
5662 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = LABEL_NAMESPACE;
|
5663 |
|
|
break;
|
5664 |
|
|
|
5665 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
|
5666 |
|
|
/* Function parameters. */
|
5667 |
|
|
/* Note 1: This code was present in the 4.16 sources, and then
|
5668 |
|
|
removed, because fparams are handled in
|
5669 |
|
|
hpread_read_function_type(). However, while fparam symbols
|
5670 |
|
|
are indeed handled twice, this code here cannot be removed
|
5671 |
|
|
because then they don't get added to the local symbol list of
|
5672 |
|
|
the function's code block, which leads to a failure to look
|
5673 |
|
|
up locals, "this"-relative member names, etc. So I've put
|
5674 |
|
|
this code back in. pai/1997-07-21 */
|
5675 |
|
|
/* Note 2: To fix a defect, we stopped adding FPARAMS to local_symbols
|
5676 |
|
|
in hpread_read_function_type(), so FPARAMS had to be handled
|
5677 |
|
|
here. I changed the location to be the appropriate argument
|
5678 |
|
|
kinds rather than LOC_LOCAL. pai/1997-08-08 */
|
5679 |
|
|
/* Note 3: Well, the fix in Note 2 above broke argument printing
|
5680 |
|
|
in traceback frames, and further it makes assumptions about the
|
5681 |
|
|
order of the FPARAM entries from HP compilers (cc and aCC in particular
|
5682 |
|
|
generate them in reverse orders -- fixing one breaks for the other).
|
5683 |
|
|
So I've added code in hpread_read_function_type() to add fparams
|
5684 |
|
|
to a param_symbols list for the current context level. These are
|
5685 |
|
|
then merged into local_symbols when a function end is reached.
|
5686 |
|
|
pai/1997-08-11 */
|
5687 |
|
|
|
5688 |
|
|
break; /* do nothing; handled in hpread_read_function_type() */
|
5689 |
|
|
|
5690 |
|
|
#if 0 /* Old code */
|
5691 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfparam.regparam)
|
5692 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
|
5693 |
|
|
else if (dn_bufp->dfparam.indirect)
|
5694 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
5695 |
|
|
else
|
5696 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
|
5697 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
5698 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dfparam.copyparam)
|
5699 |
|
|
{
|
5700 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
|
5701 |
|
|
#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
|
5702 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
|
5703 |
|
|
+= HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
|
5704 |
|
|
#endif
|
5705 |
|
|
}
|
5706 |
|
|
else
|
5707 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
|
5708 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfparam.type, objfile);
|
5709 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &fparam_symbols);
|
5710 |
|
|
break;
|
5711 |
|
|
#endif
|
5712 |
|
|
|
5713 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
|
5714 |
|
|
/* Static variables. */
|
5715 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
|
5716 |
|
|
|
5717 |
|
|
/* Note: There is a case that arises with globals in shared
|
5718 |
|
|
* libraries where we need to set the address to LOC_INDIRECT.
|
5719 |
|
|
* This case is if you have a global "g" in one library, and
|
5720 |
|
|
* it is referenced "extern <type> g;" in another library.
|
5721 |
|
|
* If we're processing the symbols for the referencing library,
|
5722 |
|
|
* we'll see a global "g", but in this case the address given
|
5723 |
|
|
* in the symbol table contains a pointer to the real "g".
|
5724 |
|
|
* We use the storage class LOC_INDIRECT to indicate this. RT
|
5725 |
|
|
*/
|
5726 |
|
|
if (is_in_import_list (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), objfile))
|
5727 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_INDIRECT;
|
5728 |
|
|
|
5729 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + data_offset;
|
5730 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsvar.type, objfile);
|
5731 |
|
|
|
5732 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
|
5733 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5734 |
|
|
|
5735 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5736 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
5737 |
|
|
|
5738 |
|
|
else
|
5739 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5740 |
|
|
|
5741 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dsvar.thread_specific)
|
5742 |
|
|
{
|
5743 |
|
|
/* Thread-local variable.
|
5744 |
|
|
*/
|
5745 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_THREAD_LOCAL_STATIC;
|
5746 |
|
|
SYMBOL_BASEREG (sym) = CR27_REGNUM;
|
5747 |
|
|
|
5748 |
|
|
if (objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED)
|
5749 |
|
|
{
|
5750 |
|
|
/*
|
5751 |
|
|
* This variable is not only thread local but
|
5752 |
|
|
* in a shared library.
|
5753 |
|
|
*
|
5754 |
|
|
* Alas, the shared lib structures are private
|
5755 |
|
|
* to "somsolib.c". But C lets us point to one.
|
5756 |
|
|
*/
|
5757 |
|
|
struct so_list *so;
|
5758 |
|
|
|
5759 |
|
|
if (objfile->obj_private == NULL)
|
5760 |
|
|
error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
|
5761 |
|
|
|
5762 |
|
|
so = ((obj_private_data_t *) (objfile->obj_private))->so_info;
|
5763 |
|
|
if (so == NULL)
|
5764 |
|
|
error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
|
5765 |
|
|
|
5766 |
|
|
/* Thread-locals in shared libraries do NOT have the
|
5767 |
|
|
* standard offset ("data_offset"), so we re-calculate
|
5768 |
|
|
* where to look for this variable, using a call-back
|
5769 |
|
|
* to interpret the private shared-library data.
|
5770 |
|
|
*/
|
5771 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location +
|
5772 |
|
|
so_lib_thread_start_addr (so);
|
5773 |
|
|
}
|
5774 |
|
|
}
|
5775 |
|
|
break;
|
5776 |
|
|
|
5777 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
|
5778 |
|
|
/* Dynamic variables. */
|
5779 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
|
5780 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
|
5781 |
|
|
else
|
5782 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
|
5783 |
|
|
|
5784 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->ddvar.location;
|
5785 |
|
|
#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
|
5786 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
|
5787 |
|
|
+= HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
|
5788 |
|
|
#endif
|
5789 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddvar.type, objfile);
|
5790 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->ddvar.global)
|
5791 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5792 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5793 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
5794 |
|
|
else
|
5795 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5796 |
|
|
break;
|
5797 |
|
|
|
5798 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
|
5799 |
|
|
/* A constant (pascal?). */
|
5800 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
5801 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dconst.location;
|
5802 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dconst.type, objfile);
|
5803 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dconst.global)
|
5804 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5805 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5806 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
5807 |
|
|
else
|
5808 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5809 |
|
|
break;
|
5810 |
|
|
|
5811 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
|
5812 |
|
|
/* A typedef. We do want to process these, since a name is
|
5813 |
|
|
* added to the namespace for the typedef'ed name.
|
5814 |
|
|
*/
|
5815 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
5816 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
|
5817 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dtype.global)
|
5818 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5819 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5820 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
5821 |
|
|
else
|
5822 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5823 |
|
|
break;
|
5824 |
|
|
|
5825 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
|
5826 |
|
|
{
|
5827 |
|
|
int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
|
5828 |
|
|
/* Structure, union, enum, template, or class tag definition */
|
5829 |
|
|
/* We do want to process these, since a name is
|
5830 |
|
|
* added to the namespace for the tag name (and if C++ class,
|
5831 |
|
|
* for the typename also).
|
5832 |
|
|
*/
|
5833 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
|
5834 |
|
|
|
5835 |
|
|
/* The tag contains in its "type" field a pointer to the
|
5836 |
|
|
* DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT, DNTT_TYPE_UNION, DNTT_TYPE_ENUM,
|
5837 |
|
|
* DNTT_TYPE_CLASS or DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE
|
5838 |
|
|
* record that actually defines the type.
|
5839 |
|
|
*/
|
5840 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
|
5841 |
|
|
TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
5842 |
|
|
TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
5843 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dtag.global)
|
5844 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
5845 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5846 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
5847 |
|
|
else
|
5848 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
5849 |
|
|
|
5850 |
|
|
/* If this is a C++ class, then we additionally
|
5851 |
|
|
* need to define a typedef for the
|
5852 |
|
|
* class type. E.g., so that the name "c" becomes visible as
|
5853 |
|
|
* a type name when the user says "class c { ... }".
|
5854 |
|
|
* In order to figure this out, we need to chase down the "type"
|
5855 |
|
|
* field to get to the DNTT_TYPE_CLASS record.
|
5856 |
|
|
*
|
5857 |
|
|
* We also add the typename for ENUM. Though this isn't
|
5858 |
|
|
* strictly correct, it is necessary because of the debug info
|
5859 |
|
|
* generated by the aCC compiler, in which we cannot
|
5860 |
|
|
* distinguish between:
|
5861 |
|
|
* enum e { ... };
|
5862 |
|
|
* and
|
5863 |
|
|
* typedef enum { ... } e;
|
5864 |
|
|
* I.e., the compiler emits the same debug info for the above
|
5865 |
|
|
* two cases, in both cases "e" appearing as a tagdef.
|
5866 |
|
|
* Therefore go ahead and generate the typename so that
|
5867 |
|
|
* "ptype e" will work in the above cases.
|
5868 |
|
|
*
|
5869 |
|
|
* We also add the typename for TEMPLATE, so as to allow "ptype t"
|
5870 |
|
|
* when "t" is a template name.
|
5871 |
|
|
*/
|
5872 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
|
5873 |
|
|
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtag.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
5874 |
|
|
else
|
5875 |
|
|
{
|
5876 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_tagdef_complaint);
|
5877 |
|
|
return;
|
5878 |
|
|
}
|
5879 |
|
|
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
|
5880 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
|
5881 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
|
5882 |
|
|
{
|
5883 |
|
|
struct symbol *newsym;
|
5884 |
|
|
|
5885 |
|
|
newsym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
|
5886 |
|
|
sizeof (struct symbol));
|
5887 |
|
|
memset (newsym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
5888 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (newsym) = name;
|
5889 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (newsym) = language_auto;
|
5890 |
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (newsym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
5891 |
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE (newsym) = 0;
|
5892 |
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (newsym) = 0;
|
5893 |
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (newsym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
5894 |
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (newsym) = sym->type;
|
5895 |
|
|
if (global)
|
5896 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &global_symbols);
|
5897 |
|
|
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
|
5898 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &local_symbols);
|
5899 |
|
|
else
|
5900 |
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &file_symbols);
|
5901 |
|
|
}
|
5902 |
|
|
}
|
5903 |
|
|
break;
|
5904 |
|
|
|
5905 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
|
5906 |
|
|
/* Declares a pointer type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5907 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5908 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5909 |
|
|
*/
|
5910 |
|
|
break;
|
5911 |
|
|
|
5912 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
|
5913 |
|
|
/* Declares an enum type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5914 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5915 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5916 |
|
|
*/
|
5917 |
|
|
break;
|
5918 |
|
|
|
5919 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
|
5920 |
|
|
/* Member of enum */
|
5921 |
|
|
/* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_enum_type() will take
|
5922 |
|
|
* care of walking the list of enumeration members.
|
5923 |
|
|
*/
|
5924 |
|
|
break;
|
5925 |
|
|
|
5926 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
|
5927 |
|
|
/* Declares a set type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5928 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5929 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5930 |
|
|
*/
|
5931 |
|
|
break;
|
5932 |
|
|
|
5933 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
|
5934 |
|
|
/* Declares a subrange type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5935 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5936 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5937 |
|
|
*/
|
5938 |
|
|
break;
|
5939 |
|
|
|
5940 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
|
5941 |
|
|
/* Declares an array type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5942 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5943 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5944 |
|
|
*/
|
5945 |
|
|
break;
|
5946 |
|
|
|
5947 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
|
5948 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
|
5949 |
|
|
/* Declares an struct/union type.
|
5950 |
|
|
* Should not be necessary to do anything
|
5951 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
5952 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
5953 |
|
|
*/
|
5954 |
|
|
break;
|
5955 |
|
|
|
5956 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
|
5957 |
|
|
/* Structure/union/class field */
|
5958 |
|
|
/* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
|
5959 |
|
|
* care of walking the list of structure/union/class members.
|
5960 |
|
|
*/
|
5961 |
|
|
break;
|
5962 |
|
|
|
5963 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT is not handled by GDB */
|
5964 |
|
|
|
5965 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_FILE is not handled by GDB */
|
5966 |
|
|
|
5967 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
|
5968 |
|
|
/* Function type */
|
5969 |
|
|
/* Ignored at this level, handled within hpread_type_lookup() */
|
5970 |
|
|
break;
|
5971 |
|
|
|
5972 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
|
5973 |
|
|
/* This is emitted within methods to indicate "with <class>"
|
5974 |
|
|
* scoping rules (i.e., indicate that the class data members
|
5975 |
|
|
* are directly visible).
|
5976 |
|
|
* However, since GDB already infers this by looking at the
|
5977 |
|
|
* "this" argument, interpreting the DNTT_TYPE_WITH
|
5978 |
|
|
* symbol record is unnecessary.
|
5979 |
|
|
*/
|
5980 |
|
|
break;
|
5981 |
|
|
|
5982 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
|
5983 |
|
|
/* FORTRAN common. Not yet handled. */
|
5984 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_unhandled_common_complaint);
|
5985 |
|
|
break;
|
5986 |
|
|
|
5987 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT is not handled by GDB. */
|
5988 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_XREF is not handled by GDB. */
|
5989 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_SA is not handled by GDB. */
|
5990 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_MACRO is not handled by GDB */
|
5991 |
|
|
|
5992 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
|
5993 |
|
|
/* Not sure what this is - part of FORTRAN support maybe?
|
5994 |
|
|
* Anyway, not yet handled.
|
5995 |
|
|
*/
|
5996 |
|
|
complain (&hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint);
|
5997 |
|
|
break;
|
5998 |
|
|
|
5999 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
|
6000 |
|
|
|
6001 |
|
|
|
6002 |
|
|
|
6003 |
|
|
/* The compiler brackets member functions with a CLASS_SCOPE/END
|
6004 |
|
|
* pair of records, presumably to put them in a different scope
|
6005 |
|
|
* from the module scope where they are normally defined.
|
6006 |
|
|
* E.g., in the situation:
|
6007 |
|
|
* void f() { ... }
|
6008 |
|
|
* void c::f() { ...}
|
6009 |
|
|
* The member function "c::f" will be bracketed by a CLASS_SCOPE/END.
|
6010 |
|
|
* This causes "break f" at the module level to pick the
|
6011 |
|
|
* the file-level function f(), not the member function
|
6012 |
|
|
* (which needs to be referenced via "break c::f").
|
6013 |
|
|
*
|
6014 |
|
|
* Here we record the class name to generate the demangled names of
|
6015 |
|
|
* member functions later.
|
6016 |
|
|
*
|
6017 |
|
|
* FIXME Not being used now for anything -- cplus_demangle seems
|
6018 |
|
|
* enough for getting the class-qualified names of functions. We
|
6019 |
|
|
* may need this for handling nested classes and types. */
|
6020 |
|
|
|
6021 |
|
|
/* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- need to
|
6022 |
|
|
* maintain a stack */
|
6023 |
|
|
|
6024 |
|
|
dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
6025 |
|
|
if (dn_temp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
|
6026 |
|
|
class_scope_name = VT (objfile) + dn_temp->dtag.name;
|
6027 |
|
|
else
|
6028 |
|
|
class_scope_name = NULL;
|
6029 |
|
|
|
6030 |
|
|
#if 0
|
6031 |
|
|
|
6032 |
|
|
/* Begin a new scope. */
|
6033 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
|
6034 |
|
|
SL_INDEX (objfile),
|
6035 |
|
|
dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address,
|
6036 |
|
|
objfile, offset);
|
6037 |
|
|
valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
|
6038 |
|
|
valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
|
6039 |
|
|
desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
|
6040 |
|
|
/* We use the scope start DNTT index as the nesting depth identifier! */
|
6041 |
|
|
new = push_context (desc, valu);
|
6042 |
|
|
#endif
|
6043 |
|
|
break;
|
6044 |
|
|
|
6045 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
|
6046 |
|
|
/* Declares a C++ reference type. Should not be necessary to do anything
|
6047 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
6048 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
6049 |
|
|
*/
|
6050 |
|
|
break;
|
6051 |
|
|
|
6052 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
|
6053 |
|
|
/* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. This does not
|
6054 |
|
|
* need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
|
6055 |
|
|
* is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
6056 |
|
|
*/
|
6057 |
|
|
break;
|
6058 |
|
|
|
6059 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
|
6060 |
|
|
/* Declares a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. This does not
|
6061 |
|
|
* need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
|
6062 |
|
|
* is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
6063 |
|
|
*/
|
6064 |
|
|
break;
|
6065 |
|
|
|
6066 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
|
6067 |
|
|
/* Declares a class type.
|
6068 |
|
|
* Should not be necessary to do anything
|
6069 |
|
|
* with the type at this level; these are processed
|
6070 |
|
|
* at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
|
6071 |
|
|
*/
|
6072 |
|
|
break;
|
6073 |
|
|
|
6074 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
|
6075 |
|
|
/* I believe this is used for class member functions */
|
6076 |
|
|
/* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
|
6077 |
|
|
* care of walking the list of class members.
|
6078 |
|
|
*/
|
6079 |
|
|
break;
|
6080 |
|
|
|
6081 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
|
6082 |
|
|
/* Virtual function */
|
6083 |
|
|
/* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
|
6084 |
|
|
* the course of processing class symbols.
|
6085 |
|
|
*/
|
6086 |
|
|
break;
|
6087 |
|
|
|
6088 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
|
6089 |
|
|
/* DDE ignores this symbol table record.
|
6090 |
|
|
* It has something to do with "modified access" to class members.
|
6091 |
|
|
* I'll assume we can safely ignore it too.
|
6092 |
|
|
*/
|
6093 |
|
|
break;
|
6094 |
|
|
|
6095 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
|
6096 |
|
|
/* These don't have to be handled here, since they are handled
|
6097 |
|
|
* within hpread_read_struct_type() in the process of constructing
|
6098 |
|
|
* a class type.
|
6099 |
|
|
*/
|
6100 |
|
|
break;
|
6101 |
|
|
|
6102 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
|
6103 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
|
6104 |
|
|
/* These can safely be ignored, as GDB doesn't need this
|
6105 |
|
|
* info. DDE only uses it in "describe". We may later want
|
6106 |
|
|
* to extend GDB's "ptype" to give this info, but for now
|
6107 |
|
|
* it seems safe enough to ignore it.
|
6108 |
|
|
*/
|
6109 |
|
|
break;
|
6110 |
|
|
|
6111 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
|
6112 |
|
|
/* Intended to supply "modified access" to a type */
|
6113 |
|
|
/* From the way DDE handles this, it looks like it always
|
6114 |
|
|
* modifies a type. Therefore it is safe to ignore it at this
|
6115 |
|
|
* level, and handle it in hpread_type_lookup().
|
6116 |
|
|
*/
|
6117 |
|
|
break;
|
6118 |
|
|
|
6119 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
|
6120 |
|
|
/* Just ignore this - that's all DDE does */
|
6121 |
|
|
break;
|
6122 |
|
|
|
6123 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
|
6124 |
|
|
/* Member function */
|
6125 |
|
|
/* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
|
6126 |
|
|
* the course of processing class symbols.
|
6127 |
|
|
*/
|
6128 |
|
|
break;
|
6129 |
|
|
|
6130 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
|
6131 |
|
|
/* Member function */
|
6132 |
|
|
/* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
|
6133 |
|
|
* the course of processing class symbols.
|
6134 |
|
|
*/
|
6135 |
|
|
break;
|
6136 |
|
|
|
6137 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
|
6138 |
|
|
/* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
|
6139 |
|
|
* which like a class, points to a member list and also points
|
6140 |
|
|
* to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
|
6141 |
|
|
* We do not need to process TEMPLATE records at this level though.
|
6142 |
|
|
*/
|
6143 |
|
|
break;
|
6144 |
|
|
|
6145 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
|
6146 |
|
|
/* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
|
6147 |
|
|
* TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
|
6148 |
|
|
* of the type-arguments.
|
6149 |
|
|
* We do not need to process TEMPLATE_ARG records at this level though.
|
6150 |
|
|
*/
|
6151 |
|
|
break;
|
6152 |
|
|
|
6153 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
|
6154 |
|
|
/* This will get emitted for member functions of templates.
|
6155 |
|
|
* But we don't need to process this record at this level though,
|
6156 |
|
|
* we will process it in the course of processing a TEMPLATE
|
6157 |
|
|
* record.
|
6158 |
|
|
*/
|
6159 |
|
|
break;
|
6160 |
|
|
|
6161 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
|
6162 |
|
|
/* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. */
|
6163 |
|
|
/* It is not clear why this is needed, and furthermore aCC does
|
6164 |
|
|
* not appear to generate this, so I think we can safely ignore it. - RT
|
6165 |
|
|
*/
|
6166 |
|
|
break;
|
6167 |
|
|
|
6168 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC is not handled by GDB */
|
6169 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE is not handled by GDB */
|
6170 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT is not handled by GDB */
|
6171 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_INLN is not handled by GDB */
|
6172 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST is not handled by GDB */
|
6173 |
|
|
/* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS is not handled by GDB */
|
6174 |
|
|
|
6175 |
|
|
default:
|
6176 |
|
|
break;
|
6177 |
|
|
}
|
6178 |
|
|
}
|
6179 |
|
|
|
6180 |
|
|
/* Get nesting depth for a DNTT entry.
|
6181 |
|
|
* DN_BUFP points to a DNTT entry.
|
6182 |
|
|
* OBJFILE is the object file.
|
6183 |
|
|
* REPORT_NESTED is a flag; if 0, real nesting depth is
|
6184 |
|
|
* reported, if it is 1, the function simply returns a
|
6185 |
|
|
* non-zero value if the nesting depth is anything > 0.
|
6186 |
|
|
*
|
6187 |
|
|
* Return value is an integer. 0 => not a local type / name
|
6188 |
|
|
* positive return => type or name is local to some
|
6189 |
|
|
* block or function.
|
6190 |
|
|
*/
|
6191 |
|
|
|
6192 |
|
|
|
6193 |
|
|
/* elz: ATTENTION: FIXME: NOTE: WARNING!!!!
|
6194 |
|
|
this function now returns 0 right away. It was taking too much time
|
6195 |
|
|
at start up. Now, though, the local types are not handled correctly.
|
6196 |
|
|
*/
|
6197 |
|
|
|
6198 |
|
|
|
6199 |
|
|
static int
|
6200 |
|
|
hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile,
|
6201 |
|
|
int report_nested)
|
6202 |
|
|
{
|
6203 |
|
|
register int index;
|
6204 |
|
|
register union dnttentry *dn_tmp;
|
6205 |
|
|
register short depth = 0;
|
6206 |
|
|
/****************************/
|
6207 |
|
|
return 0;
|
6208 |
|
|
/****************************/
|
6209 |
|
|
|
6210 |
|
|
index = (((char *) dn_bufp) - LNTT (objfile)) / (sizeof (struct dntt_type_block));
|
6211 |
|
|
|
6212 |
|
|
while (--index >= 0)
|
6213 |
|
|
{
|
6214 |
|
|
dn_tmp = hpread_get_lntt (index, objfile);
|
6215 |
|
|
switch (dn_tmp->dblock.kind)
|
6216 |
|
|
{
|
6217 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
|
6218 |
|
|
return depth;
|
6219 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
|
6220 |
|
|
/* index is signed int; dnttp.index is 29-bit unsigned int! */
|
6221 |
|
|
index = (int) dn_tmp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
|
6222 |
|
|
break;
|
6223 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
|
6224 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
|
6225 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
|
6226 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
|
6227 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
|
6228 |
|
|
case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
|
6229 |
|
|
depth++;
|
6230 |
|
|
if (report_nested)
|
6231 |
|
|
return 1;
|
6232 |
|
|
break;
|
6233 |
|
|
default:
|
6234 |
|
|
break;
|
6235 |
|
|
}
|
6236 |
|
|
}
|
6237 |
|
|
return depth;
|
6238 |
|
|
}
|
6239 |
|
|
|
6240 |
|
|
/* Adjust the bitoffsets for all fields of an anonymous union of
|
6241 |
|
|
type TYPE by negative BITS. This handles HP aCC's hideous habit
|
6242 |
|
|
of giving members of anonymous unions bit offsets relative to the
|
6243 |
|
|
enclosing structure instead of relative to the union itself. */
|
6244 |
|
|
|
6245 |
|
|
static void
|
6246 |
|
|
hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *type, int bits)
|
6247 |
|
|
{
|
6248 |
|
|
register int i;
|
6249 |
|
|
|
6250 |
|
|
/* This is done only for unions; caller had better check that
|
6251 |
|
|
it is an anonymous one. */
|
6252 |
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
|
6253 |
|
|
return;
|
6254 |
|
|
|
6255 |
|
|
/* Adjust each field; since this is a union, there are no base
|
6256 |
|
|
classes. Also no static membes. Also, no need for recursion as
|
6257 |
|
|
the members of this union if themeselves structs or unions, have
|
6258 |
|
|
the correct bitoffsets; if an anonymous union is a member of this
|
6259 |
|
|
anonymous union, the code in hpread_read_struct_type() will
|
6260 |
|
|
adjust for that. */
|
6261 |
|
|
|
6262 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
|
6263 |
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) -= bits;
|
6264 |
|
|
}
|
6265 |
|
|
|
6266 |
|
|
/* Because of quirks in HP compilers' treatment of anonymous unions inside
|
6267 |
|
|
classes, we have to chase through a chain of threaded FIELD entries.
|
6268 |
|
|
If we encounter an anonymous union in the chain, we must recursively skip over
|
6269 |
|
|
that too.
|
6270 |
|
|
|
6271 |
|
|
This function does a "next" in the chain of FIELD entries, but transparently
|
6272 |
|
|
skips over anonymous unions' fields (recursively).
|
6273 |
|
|
|
6274 |
|
|
Inputs are the number of times to do "next" at the top level, the dnttpointer
|
6275 |
|
|
(FIELD) and entry pointer (FIELDP) for the dntt record corresponding to it,
|
6276 |
|
|
and the ubiquitous objfile parameter. (Note: FIELDP is a **.) Return value
|
6277 |
|
|
is a dnttpointer for the new field after all the skipped ones */
|
6278 |
|
|
|
6279 |
|
|
static dnttpointer
|
6280 |
|
|
hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (int skip_fields, dnttpointer field,
|
6281 |
|
|
union dnttentry **fieldp,
|
6282 |
|
|
struct objfile *objfile)
|
6283 |
|
|
{
|
6284 |
|
|
struct type *anon_type;
|
6285 |
|
|
register int i;
|
6286 |
|
|
int bitoffset;
|
6287 |
|
|
char *name;
|
6288 |
|
|
|
6289 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < skip_fields; i++)
|
6290 |
|
|
{
|
6291 |
|
|
/* Get type of item we're looking at now; recursively processes the types
|
6292 |
|
|
of these intermediate items we skip over, so they aren't lost. */
|
6293 |
|
|
anon_type = hpread_type_lookup ((*fieldp)->dfield.type, objfile);
|
6294 |
|
|
anon_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (anon_type);
|
6295 |
|
|
bitoffset = (*fieldp)->dfield.bitoffset;
|
6296 |
|
|
name = VT (objfile) + (*fieldp)->dfield.name;
|
6297 |
|
|
/* First skip over one item to avoid stack death on recursion */
|
6298 |
|
|
field = (*fieldp)->dfield.nextfield;
|
6299 |
|
|
*fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
|
6300 |
|
|
/* Do we have another anonymous union? If so, adjust the bitoffsets
|
6301 |
|
|
of its members and skip over its members. */
|
6302 |
|
|
if ((TYPE_CODE (anon_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) &&
|
6303 |
|
|
(!name || STREQ (name, "")))
|
6304 |
|
|
{
|
6305 |
|
|
hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (anon_type, bitoffset);
|
6306 |
|
|
field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (TYPE_NFIELDS (anon_type), field, fieldp, objfile);
|
6307 |
|
|
}
|
6308 |
|
|
}
|
6309 |
|
|
return field;
|
6310 |
|
|
}
|